Service-Manual page: 1

BIOSEN C_line
Table of contents from: 2

0. Table of contents

Chapter

Security advice 1

Service information 2

Tools 3

Troubleshooting 4

Disassembly and assembly 5

Adjustment / check 6

Drawings 7

Spare parts 8

Upgrade Informations 9

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Table of contents from: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise von: 2

1. Security advise
1.0. Table of contents
1. Security advise........................................................................................................................................ 1
1.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1. Introduction.................................................................................................................................... 1.1-1
1.1.1. Intended use .......................................................................................................................... 1.1-1
1.2. Device disinfection ........................................................................................................................ 1.2-1

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 1.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise of: 2

1.1. Introduction

ATTENTION: WARNING NOTICE

Please read the service manual carefully, before you start servicing the device!

The mere possession of this service manual does not authorise the performance of
a service or repair on the device.
The service of the named device is only allowed to be performed by authorised and
trained service partners.

Wrong service leads to wrong measuring results.

Please contact the EKF customer service for a suitable training.
Service should be performed by personal that has successfully passed a service training of EKF- diagnostic
only.
To avoid damages at device and accessories as well as to avoid endangering of third persons it is necessary
to read and take care of the following advises. EKF-diagnostic GmbH is not liable for any damage of the
device or accessories or injury, caused on non-observance of the following security advises.

# Description
1 Keep the device at room temperature after changing from cold to warm environment until no
condensed water is to be seen in or at the device.
2 Before opening the device follow chapter 1.2 of this manual: device disinfection.
3 Disconnect the device from the mains before opening.
4 Clean the mechanical and electronic components with a light and dry textile tissue.
5 Use only material, accessories released and recommended by EKF-diagnostic GmbH.

NOTE: Use of not released or recommended material or accessories can influence precision,
accuracy of measurement and life-time of the device disadvantageous.

Advise: No liability for damages at the device caused by the use of non-recommended
material or accessories as well as by unprofessional repair.

1.1.1. Intended use

The BIOSEN C_line device system is intended for quantitative testing of glucose or lactate in human blood,
plasma or serum.
The sample is taken by an end-to-end capillary, placed in a pre-filled reaction container and afterwards
measured by the system.
All consumed material must be handled as potentially infected waste and must be disposed in accordance to
the rules and guidelines valid for your organisation.
The BIOSEN C_line is designed for the professional use in doctor’s office, at clinic stations and clinical
laboratories to support medical diagnostic as well as in sports medicine.
Taking blood and operating the BIOSEN C_line is allowed by medically trained and schooled staff with
experience and knowledge in handling in-vitro diagnostics and this device, only.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 1.1-3
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise of: 2

Revision history
Rev. Date by pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.3.06 Vat all Issue of document -
1.1.0 14.12.06 TM all revision -
1.2.0 21.04.09 TM 2 revision -
1.3.0 29.12.10 GR 1 Include warning notice -

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 1.2-1
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise of: 2

1.2. Device disinfection

General provisions:
For device disinfection as well as at all works with potential infectious material gloves and smock must be
worn in general (right from un-packing the device)
It is recommended to disinfect the working place after work (e.g. Microbac extra 1%, or. Bacillocid rasant
0,5 % for 30 min.). All items that were in contact with potential infectious materials have to be autoclaved,
also rests of blood.

Work steps
No. Description
1 Outside:
The device must be wiped with disinfectant (e.g. Microbac extra 1%, or. Bacillocid rasant 0,5% for
30 min).

Exchanger:
The exchanger must be disinfected with spray disinfectant (e.g. with Bacillol AF).

Flow system:
For preparation fill 1 mL Aseptisol and 200 µL Bodophen in a container and add 20mL of tap
water..
The solution should react 20 min, than rinse it well, let water react for another 15 min and rinse
again.

Advise: Please compare with the manual,- menu item Maintenance „Rinsing / Disinfection“

Advise: The mixture of Aseptisol and Bodophen expires after one day.

Attention: Thick gloves must be worn during the preparation of the mixture of Aseptisol
and Bodophen! The safety data sheets must be read carefully!
2 All disinfected devices must be marked.

Attention: Start all repair works on a device 30 min after outside disinfection of surface and
exchanger at the earliest.

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr all Issue of document -
1.1.0 14.12.06 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 1.2-2
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise of: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise von: 2

2. Serviceinformation
2.0. Table of contents
2. Serviceinformation .................................................................................................................................. 1
2.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
2.1. Introduction.................................................................................................................................... 2.1-1

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Security advise von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 2.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Serviceinformation of: 2

2.1. Introduction
In case that comprehensive or rather important changes become necessary, EKF – diagnostic will send out a
modification notice.
This Form will contain the following information:

• Name and description of modification

• A detailed description to do / handle the modification
• A list of necessary materials and tools

This chapter should help to file these documents for faster access.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 2.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Serviceinformation of: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools von: 2

3. Tools
3.0. Table of contents
3. Tools ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
3.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
3.1. Mechanical tools and gadgets....................................................................................................... 3.1-1
3.2. Measuring and test equipment...................................................................................................... 3.2-1
3.3. Patch-Software.............................................................................................................................. 3.3-1
3.3.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 3.3-1
3.3.2. Preconditions ......................................................................................................................... 3.3-1
3.3.3. Usage..................................................................................................................................... 3.3-2
3.3.4. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................... 3.3-4
3.4. Service-Software ........................................................................................................................... 3.4-1
3.4.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 3.4-1
3.4.2. Conditions .............................................................................................................................. 3.4-1
3.4.3. Terms and Definitions ............................................................................................................ 3.4-1
3.4.4. Adjustments ........................................................................................................................... 3.4-2
3.4.5. Start connection to device...................................................................................................... 3.4-2
3.4.6. Finish connection to device.................................................................................................... 3.4-4
3.4.7. Read and store header .......................................................................................................... 3.4-4
3.4.8. Load header and write into device ......................................................................................... 3.4-5
3.4.9. Carry out a command ............................................................................................................ 3.4-6
3.4.10. Change parameter ............................................................................................................. 3.4-8
3.4.11. Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................. 3.4-9
3.5. Flash-Software M16 ...................................................................................................................... 3.5-1
3.5.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 3.5-1
3.5.2. Abbreviations and terms ........................................................................................................ 3.5-1
3.5.3. Preconditions ......................................................................................................................... 3.5-1
3.5.4. Carrying out............................................................................................................................ 3.5-2
3.5.5. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................... 3.5-4
3.6. Flash-Software BIOSEN-Flash ..................................................................................................... 3.6-1
3.6.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 3.6-1
3.6.2. Abbreviations and terms ........................................................................................................ 3.6-1
3.6.3. Preconditions ......................................................................................................................... 3.6-1
3.6.4. Firmware-update of the HMIC................................................................................................ 3.6-1
3.6.5. Firmware-update of PIC......................................................................................................... 3.6-5
3.6.6. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................... 3.6-6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 2

3.1. Mechanical tools and gadgets

Mechanical tools
# Number Ref. number Description
1 1 0911-0101-0165 Screw driver for recessed head screws PH0x60 (PHILLIPS)
2 1 0911-0101-0284 Screw driver for recessed head screws PH1x80 (PHILLIPS)
3 1 0911-0101-0403 Screw driver for recessed head screws PH2x100 (PHILLIPS)
4 1 0911-0101-0522 Screw driver for recessed head screws PH3x150 (PHILLIPS)
5 1 0911-0104-0219 Slotted screw driver 0.4x2.5x75
6 1 0911-0104-0457 Slotted screw driver 0.6x3.5x100
7 1 0911-0104-0695 Slotted screw driver 1.0x5.5x100
8 1 0911-0104-0814 Slotted screw driver 1.2x7x100
9 1 0911-0107-0256 Hexagon- screw driver 2
10 1 0911-0107-0375 Hexagon- screw driver 2.5
11 1 0911-0107-0494 Hexagon- screw driver 3
12 1 0911-0107-0613 Hexagon- screw driver 4
13 1 0911-0107-0732 Hexagon- screw driver 5
14 1 0911-0108-0393 Hexagon- screw driver 0.9 with revolving top
15 1 0911-0108-0512 Hexagon- screw driver 1.3 with revolving top
16 1 0911-0108-0631 Hexagon- screw driver 1.5 with revolving top
17 1 0911-0111-0357 Hexagon-cranked screw driver 0.9 chrome-plated
18 1 0911-0111-0476 Hexagon cranked screw driver 1.3 chrome-plated
19 1 0911-0112-0256 Hexagon-cranked screw driver 1.5 with spherical head
20 1 0911-0112-0375 Hexagon-cranked screw driver 2 with spherical head
21 1 0911-0112-0494 Hexagon-cranked screw driver 2.5 with spherical head
22 1 0911-0112-0613 Hexagon-cranked screw driver 3 with spherical head
23 1 0911-0112-0732 Hexagon-cranked screw driver 4 with spherical head
24 1 0911-0201-0310 Hexagon socket wrench 4 (M2)
25 1 0911-0201-0548 Hexagon socket wrench 5 (M2.5)
26 1 0911-0201-0667 Hexagon socket wrench 5.5 (M3)
27 1 0911-0201-0905 Hexagon socket wrench 7 (M4)
28 1 0911-0201-1024 Hexagon socket wrench 8 (M5)

29 1 0911-0122-0822 Slotted screw driver size 6 (M3)

30 1 0911-0301-0472 Tweezers, formed edge for electronic parts (D 0,8-2,0mm)

31 1 0911-0302-0490 Angled Tweezers (for mounting display, flat cable)
32 1 0911-0401-0617 Round pliers
33 1 0911-0404-0671 Flat pliers oval-edge, chrome-plated
34 1 0911-0411-0707 Adjustment pliers flat tapered form A straight
35 1 0911-0412-0844 Pliers oval-tapered, bended, chrome-plated
Crimping tool for crimp contact SPH-002T-P0.5S
36 1 0911-0421-0797
type YRS-240
Crimping tool for crimp contact SPH-002T-P0.5S
37 1 0911-0421-0946
type WC-240
38 1 0911-0501-0779 Edge cutter
39 1 0911-0502-0797 Cutter / scalpel
40 1 0912-0101-0166 Thickness gauge 0.40mm 6mmx100mm
41 0912-0101-0285 Thickness gauge 0.20mm 6mmx100mm
42 1 0912-0101-0404 Thickness gauge 0.30mm 6mmx100mm
43 1 0912-0101-0523 Thickness gauge 0.50mm 6mmx100mm

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 2

Mechanical gadgets
# Number Reference # Description
1 1 5211-5316-0753 Fit-up-aid Sensor block for holding basic corpus
2 1 5211-5322-0771 Fit-up-aid contact holder to position contact holder
3 1 5211-5422-0933 Fit-up-holder chip-card to glue chip-card holder on bottom
plate in right position
4 1 5211-5437-0263 top container recognition for commissioning the machine
without assembled case
5 1 5211-5516-0074 Fit-up-aid needle module
6 1 5211-5537-0255 Fit-up-aid driving unit to hold the intermediate level
7 1 5213-5018-0339 Fit-up-aid tray cover for fitting GP+ cover into upper case in
the right position
8 1 5211-5301-0590 Fit-up-aid flow cell, for correct positioning into sensor block
9 1 5211-5337-0951 Testing aid H for flow cell to check the correct high
10 1 5211-5343-0952 Testing aid H for contact holder to check the correct high

Various
# Number Reference # Description
1 1 0913-0101-0371 Super glue Cyan acrylate 460, 20g
2 1 0913-0102-0388 Super glue Cyan acrylate 406, 20g
3 1 0913-0103-0405 Silicon glue RTV-734, 310ml
4 1 0913-0101-0499 Super glue Cyan acrylate VM-20, 20g

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr all Issue of document -
1.1.0 18.01.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 12.07.07 TM all Update Product Number + tools + gadgets + various

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 3.2-1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools von: 2

3.2. Measuring and test equipment

Measuring and test equipment

# Number Ref. number Description
Service cable RS232 (SUB-D9 ♀ to ♂) length of cable 3m
1 1 0720-0100-0283
(to link a PC with BIOSEN C_line)
2 1 7201-3031-0631 USB to RS232 adaptor (optional)
3 1 0761-0201-0317 Service Software „BIOSEN-Service“
4 1 0761-0301-0462 Patch Software „BIOSEN-Patch“
5 1 0761-0101-0055 Flash Software „M16C-Flash“
6 1 0761-0102-0173 Flash Software „BIOSEN Flash“
7 1 0701-0102-0177 Digital voltmeter VC120
8 1 5211-1524-0229 Test equipment for light barrier
9 1 5211-1287-0337 Test equipment Encoder (pivot arm drive usable)
10 1 0701-0102-0078 Test equipment optical level sensor
11 1 5211-1287-0337 Test equipment stepper motor (pivot arm motor usable)
12 1 5211-1372-0319 Test equipment smart card
13 1 5211-5543-0273 Test equipment temperature sensors

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 3.2-2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools von: 2

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr all Issue of document -
1.1.0 18.01.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 23.09.10 TM 1 revision article 1 and 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.3-1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools by: 4

3.3. Patch-Software

3.3.1. Introduction
The firmware of the device needs numerous specific data for its operation which sometimes could be vary
from device to device. These data, called parameters, could be changed afterwards by so called „patching“.
All data necessary for such „patching“ process are provided in a „patch-file“.

3.3.2. Preconditions
For parameter patching the following materials are needed:
• PC
o Operating system from MS-Windows 98
o serial interface 9-pin D-Sub or USB-RS232-adaptor
• Software „BIOSEN_Patch.exe“
• Service-cable
• Patch-file

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.3-2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools by: 4

3.3.3. Usage
Working steps
No. Description
1 Connect the device with the mains
2 Set the device in a failure status (failure dialogue should be displayed) e.g. take out bottle with
system solution
3 Connect the PC with the device with the service cable
• at PC: jack COM-1..4
• at device: EDV-jack
4 Start software „BIOSEN_Patch.exe“.

4 3

Fig. 1 Patch-software after starting

(1) Button to end the program

(2) Selection of the used serial interface
(3) Button to open the preferred patch-files
(4) File name of the opened patch-file
(5) Description of the changes to be done
(6) Status information regarding working steps sequence
(7) Button to start the regular patch process
5 Selection of interfaces used while connecting by service cable (COM-1..4) 2

Advise: The program BIOSEN_Patch automatically seek for the first currently not used serial
interface, due to the fact another program could use a serial interface as well. In case no
serial interface is available, the other program has to temporarily ended.

Attention! In case an USB -RS232-adaptor is used, the interface assignment of COM 1..4 by
the operating system has possibly to be done again (start / System control / system / device
manager / connections (COM and LPT) / connection parameters / extended / COM-
connection number)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.3-3
BIOSEN C_line
Tools by: 4

6 Loading the selected patch-files by pressing the button „Open“ 3 and choosing the corresponding
file

Fig. 2 choosing the patch-file

7 Start the patch process by pressing the „start“ button 7

8 After successful carry out of the patching-process a corresponding advise will be displayed in the
status field 8

Fig. 3 Patch-software after successful conclusion

9 Take out service cable and restart the device

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.3-4
BIOSEN C_line
Tools by: 4

3.3.4. Troubleshooting
Failure Description
The device do’s not The device does not react.
response
Causes:
• Device is not connected to the mains
• Device is not in failure state
• Device is not correctly connected with the PC
• Chosen the wrong interface
The device (serial-no) do’s The patch-file is not intended for this device
not need to be patched

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 30.03.06 TK all Issue of document -
1.1.0 18.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

3.4. Service-Software

3.4.1. Introduction
Software BIOSEN _service was established to carry out different service tasks. Using this software is
possible to carry out different tests of device components or necessary adjustment after changing of
mechanical components.

3.4.2. Conditions
To carry out service-connection necessary following material:
• PC
o System software min. MS-Windows 98
o Serial interface 9-pole or USB-RS232-adapter
• Software „BIOSEN_Service.exe“
• Service-cable

3.4.3. Terms and Definitions

Command A command is a task to device carry out a definite action. A action could be for instance
the turning of sample tray or the deleting of memory. It will be differentiated between
„automatic terminated“ and „manual terminated“ commands.
Context-File File with additional data to parameters or commands. Context-Files will be differentiated
by different version status. For changing of parameters and sending of commands
Context-Files have to be available in correspondence with device version. Context-Files
have File-Extension „.pct“ and „.cct“ respectively.
Firmware Software, which is included in a chip of a electronical device – despite to software,
which for instance is be saved on hard disc.
Header Totality of all parameters. Header of HMIC and PIC are independent each from other.
HMIC Human Machine Interface Controller, Sub-unit of device, which is responsible for
interaction between user and all peripheral units of device.
Parameter Parameters are internal values, which Firmware needs to carry out something.
Parameters will be used for instance to have exact adjustment of mechanical elements
or to store adjustments of user
Parameter-Table Schema for organising parameters in internal EEPROM
PIC Process Interface Controller, Sub-unit of device, which is responsible for regulation and
controlling of all actuators and sensors
Sub-Device Separate unit in device. Are available Sub-Devices HMIC und PIC.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

3.4.4. Adjustments
All following adjustments are located under menu point „Options / Settings“.

Tab COM-Port
Port Selection of serial interface for creating the connection to device.

Tab Path
Load Header Default value for loading of a Header-File
Save Header Default value for storing of a Header-File
Context Files Path definition for register of available Context-Files
Measurements Default value for storing of measuring curves

3.4.5. Start connection to device

Work steps
No. Description
1 Connect device to power system
2 Put device into error status (error dialog should be visible), for instance take out bottle with system
solution
3 Connect PC with device using service cable
• on PC: interface COM-1..4
• on device: EDP-interface
4 Start software „BIOSEN_Service.exe“
5 Selection of used during connection with service cable interface (COM-1..4)

Advice: The program BIOSEN_Service tries to use set-up serial interface during start. Could
be happen conflict, because other program is also using this serial interface. If no other
serial interface is available the other program has to be finished.

Attention! If it used an USB-RS232-adapter could be possible that classification of interface

on COM-1..4 has to be renewed via system software. (Start / System Control / System /
Device Manager / Connections (COM und LPT) / Adjustments of Connection / Expanded /
COM-Connection Number)
6 Selection of different registers (see Adjustments)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-3
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

7 Press Button 1 for connecting. After successful connection will be shown information for
identification of device 2.

1 3

Fig. 1 Program after start

8 After connection will be selected firs of all HMIC. Should be also selected PIC, has to be pressed 3
(Fig. 1).

Advice: Depending on selected Sub-Device, corresponding data will be shown in the

information field (see Fig.2 and Fig.3)

Fig.2 HMIC is selected Fig.3 PIC is selected

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-4
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

3.4.6. Finish connection to device

Work steps
No. Description
1 If PIC is actual selected, first of all has to be pressed Button 1 for selecting HMIC.

2 1

Fig.4 Program with selected HMIC

2 Press Button 2 (Fig.4) to finish connection. After successful performance all data in information
fields will be deleted.

3.4.7. Read and store header

Work steps
No. Description
1 Carry out connection to device
2 Select necessary Sub-Device
3 Select menu entry „Header / Write into file...“. After this all parameters of actual selected Sub-
Devices will be read out of device.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-5
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

4 Definite storing place for Header-File. Program propose files name, which includes serial number of
device and Sub-Device.

Fig.5 Selection of storing place of Header-File

Advice: Storing of Headers has to carried out for each Sub-Device separately.

Advice: On the safety reasons each Header should be stored before starting any changing of
HMIC or PIC parameters.

3.4.8. Load header and write into device

Work steps
No. Description
1 Carry out connection to device
2 Select necessary Sub-Device
3 Select menu entry „Header / Write into device -xxx-...“

Advice: Two variants are available:

• with entry „Write into device -complete-“, whole Header will be written
• with entry „Write into device -user settings-“, ONLY part with user adjustments will be
written
4 Selection of necessary Header-Files.

Fig.6 Selection of Header-Files

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-6
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

5 Confirming security query with yes.

Fig.7 Security query before overwriting Fig.8 Message after a successful writing.

Attention! All parameters of the sub-devices selected are overwritten. A re-production of the
old data is not possible.

6 Advise: If the written header was not the original variant e.g. at a re-production, it is possibly
necessary to carry out additional settings.

3.4.9. Carry out a command

Work step
No. Description
1 Establish a connection to the device
2 Select requested sub-device
3 Press button 1, alternatively the menu entry, "Commands / Send Commands " could be used.

Fig.8 Open the dialog for sending commands

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-7
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

4 The commands are combined to groups. The selection of the group is carried out via tab. For
sending a requested command the respective entry is selected by mouse click and sent with button
4. The respective entry can alternatively be activated by double-click directly.
Depending on the sent order additional data are output during or after the execution of the
command in field 6.

1 6

3 4 5

Fig.9 Dialog for sending commands

(1) Field with status information, possible variants:

• (Command) accepted
• (Command) not accepted
• (Command) is processed
• (Command) successfully completed
• (Command) not successfully completed
(2) Tab elements with different commands
(3) Button for closing the dialog
(4) Button for sending the selected command
(5) Button for stopppage of a continuously working command
(6) Field with additional data for the execution of a command (optional)

Advise: Two types of commands are distinguished:

• with automatic termination
• without automatic termination

Commands without automatic termination must be stopped by pressing the button "stop" 5.
A command without automatic termination is e.g. the continuous display of the temperature.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-8
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

3.4.10. Change parameter

Work steps
No. Description
1 Establish a connection to the device
2 Select requested sub-device
3 Press button 1, alternatively the menu entry , "Parameter / Set Parameter " could be used.

Fig.10 Opening of the dialog for changing parameters

4 The parameters are combined to groups. The selection of the group is carried out via tab.. For
changing a requested parameter the respective entry is selected by mouse click
By pressing the enter-button the entry changes to the edit mode. After completed change of the
value the edit mode will be left by pressing the enter-button again. If all requested changes were
carried out, the complete dialog must be completed with the button “OK”, first then the settings will
be transferred actually to the device.

Fig.11 Dialog for changing parameters

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-9
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

3.4.11. Troubleshooting
Error Description
Wrong header file for The wrong header was choosen for the sub-device currently selected e.g. the
selected sub device PIC is selected and the header of a HMIC was loaded.
The device does not The device does not react:
response
Causes:
• Device is not connected with the power supply
• Device is not in error state
• Device is not connected correctly with the EDP
• Wrong interface was selected
File XXX not found The Context-File with version X was not found.

Causes:
• The paths for the Context-Files (see settings) are not correct
• The version demanded by the device of the Context-Files is not
available
Unable to open com port The program could not open the configured serial interface.

Causes:
• The given serial interface is used by another program at present
• The given serial interface is not available

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.4-10
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 10

Figures and Drawings

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10

11 12

Fig.12 Program after start

(1) Button for closing this program

(2) Button for establishing a connection (entry into Service-Mode)
(3) Button for releasing the connection (Leaving Service-Mode)
(4) Button for issuing a command
(5) Button for changing parameters
(6) Button for recording measured curves
(7) Button for selecting HMIC
(8) Button for selecting PIC
(9) Menu
(10) Information’s about the identity of the device
(11) Information’s about the sub-device HMIC
(12) Information’s about the sub-device PIC

Revision history
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 03.04.06 TK All Issue of documents -
1.1.0 21.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.5-1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 4

3.5. Flash-Software M16

3.5.1. Introduction
There is a possibility to update the internal program (firmware) to the latest available version. For each unit of
the device (HMI and PIC) there exist unique variants which can be changed independently. Each of the
programs will be stored In a flash ROM.

3.5.2. Abbreviations and terms

Firmware Software which in electronic devices is stored in an integrated circuit in contrast to
software which is stored on a hard disc.
HMIC Human Machine Interface Controller, Sub-unit of the device responsible for interaction
between the user and peripherally units
ID-Code Multi figure number to realize access security before erasing or overwriting the firmware
MOT-File Firmware file for HMIC or PIC
PIC Process Interface Controller, sub-unit of the device, responsible for controlling and to
monitor all actors and sensors

3.5.3. Preconditions
For doing a firmware-update the following materials are necessary:
• PC
o operating system from MS-Windows 98
o Serial interface 9-pin D-SUB or USB-RS232-adaptor
• Software „ M16Flash-2.exe“
• Service-cable
• MOT-File

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.5-2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 4

3.5.4. Carrying out

Working steps
No. Description
1 Starting the software „M16Flash-2.exe“.
2 Selection of the serial interface. The setting, marked in Fig.1, has necessarily be set. Close the
dialogue with the “OK” button.

Fig.1 Selection of the interface

3 Choosing the preferred MOT-file by pressing the button „Refer...“. The setting marked in Fig.2 has
necessarily to be set.

Fig.2 Selection of MOT-file

Advise: After selection of the preferred MOT-Files a failure dialogue with the text “ Can not
found the ID-file“ will appear. This is normal and can be ignored.
4 Input of the ID-code and closing the dialogue with the „OK“ button.

Advise: Use the ID-code that belongs to the firmware which should be overwritten.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.5-3
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 4

5 Selection of the buttons „E.P.R“. Confirmation of the security request. The firmware is written now.

Fig.3 Start programming Fig.4 Confirm Erasure

Fig.5 Program runs Fig.6 Conclusion-dialogue after successful programming

6 Closing the program M16Flash-2 by pressing the “Exit“ button

7 Take out the service cable and restart the device.

Advise: After restarting the device should display a CRC-failure in the ROM. This is o.k. and
must be disposed by the service order seek and store “CRC-code for ROM.

Advise: Depending on the new firmware version some additional works might be necessary.
If so, t is described together with the new firmware version.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.5-4
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 4

3.5.5. Troubleshooting
Failure Description
Timeout. Push Reset No communication has been settled

Causes:
• Device is not connected to the mains
• The device is not correctly connected with the PC
• The procedure to prepare the flashing has not be done failure free
• Wrong interface has been chosen
• PCBA is defect

Solution:
End the program by confirming all dialogues having a n „OK“ button and cancel
all dialogues which have a „Cancel“ button through it. After several dialogues it
comes to the main dialogue. Here the EXIT-button must be confirmed.
Can not found the ID-file The file with the ID-code has not been found. This reaction is normal and can
be ignored.
Not match ID The inputted ID-code does not match the firmware version of the device. The
right ID-code must of the firmware which has to be overwritten must be used.

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 30.03.06 TK all Issue of document -
1.1.0 19.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-1
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

3.6. Flash-Software BIOSEN-Flash

3.6.1. Introduction
There is a possibility to update the internal software (firmware) to the latest version during normal operation.
For each unit of the device (HMI and PIC) there exist unique variants which can be changed independently.
Each of the programs will be stored in a Flash-ROM. By using the software BIOSEN-Flash it is possible to
update the HMI firmware in one Step. To update the PIC-firmware, a separate step is necessary.

3.6.2. Abbreviations and terms

Firmware Software which in electronic devices is stored in an integrated circuit in contrast to
software which is stored on a hard disc.
HMIC Human Machine Interface Controller, Sub-unit of the device responsible for interaction
between the user and peripherally units
ID-Code Multi figure number to realize access security before erasing or overwriting the firmware
MOT-File Firmware file for HMIC or PIC
PIC Process Interface Controller, sub-unit of the device, responsible for controlling and to
monitor all actors and sensors

3.6.3. Preconditions
For doing a firmware-update the following materials are necessary:
• PC
o operating system from MS-Windows 98
o serial interface 9-pin D-Sub or USB-RS232-adaptor
• software „BIOSEN_Flash.exe“
• service-cable
• MOT-file

3.6.4. Firmware-update of the HMIC

Working steps
No. Description
1 Make sure the device has been disconnected from the mains
2 Connect the device with the PC with the service cable
• at PC-site: COM-1..2 jack
• at device-site: EDP-jack

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-2
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

3 Starting software „BIOSEN_Flash.exe“.

1 2 3 4

6 10

11
8

Fig. 1 Flash-software after starting

(1) Button to end the program

(2) Button to show the version number
(3) Button to select HMIC
(4) Button to select PIC
(5) Field to show the current status of the program
(6) Selection of the used serial interface
(7) Button to erase the program memory
(8) Button to write the new firmware into the program memory
(9) Button to control the written firmware
(10) Display of the currently loaded MOT-file
(11) Button to erase , write and afterwards controlling of the written firmware
4 Selection of the used interfaces while connecting with the service cable (COM-1..2) 6

Advise: Firstly the program BIOSEN_Flash tries to use COM-1. Therefore it must be assured
that no other program that uses this interface during program procedure

Attention! In case an USB -RS232-adaptor is used, the interface assignment of COM-1..2 by

the operating system has possibly to be done again. (start / System control / system / device
manager / connections (COM and LPT) / connection parameters / extended / COM-
connection number)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-3
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

5 Pressing the button to select HMIC 3.

Fig. 2 Demand to restart the device

6 Connect the device to the mains. When the device successfully changed into flash-mode, a short
sequence of tones sounds. Nothing appears on the screen.
7 Selection of the chosen MOT-Files and closing of the dialogue.

Fig. 3 selection of the MOT-file

8 Input the ID-code and close the dialogue by pressing the “OK“. Button

Fig. 4 input ID-code

Advise: It is necessary to use the ID-code that belongs to the firmware version that has to be
overwritten.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-4
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

9 After inputting the correct ID-code the other buttons become activated and can be used.

Fig. 5 Program and device are ready to start the flashing process

10 Start flashing by pressing the „E.P.C.“ 11 button. Buttons 7, 8, 9 are not needed.

Fig. 6 Erasing the program memory Fig. 7 Writing the new firmware

Fig. 9 Dialogue after successful ending

Fig. 8 Control of the written software

11 Close the program BIOSEN_Flash by pressing button 1.

12 Take out the service cable and restart the device

Advise: After restart the device should display a CRC-failure in ROM. This is o.k. and must
be corrected by carrying out the service order „CRC-Code find out and save for ROM.

Advise: Depending on the new firmware version some additional works might be necessary.
If so, t is described together with the new firmware version.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-5
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

3.6.5. Firmware-update of PIC

Working steps
No. Description
1 Make sure the device has been disconnected from the mains
2 Connect the device with the PC with the service cable
• at PC-site: COM-1..2 jack
• at device-site: EDP-jack
3 Starting software „BIOSEN_Flash.exe“.

1 2 3 4

6 10

11
8

Abb. 10 Flash-software after starting

(1) Button to end the program

(2) Button to show the version number
(3) Button to select HMIC
(4) Button to select PIC
(5) Field to show the current status of the program
(6) Selection of the used serial interface
(7) Button to erase the program memory
(8) Button to write the new firmware into the program memory
(9) Button to control the written firmware
(10) Display of the currently loaded MOT-file
(11) Button to erase, write and afterwards controlling of the written firmware

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-6
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

4 Selection of the used interfaces while connecting with the service cable (COM-1..2) 6

Advise: Firstly the program BIOSEN_Flash tries to use COM-1. Therefore it must be assured
that no other program that uses this interface during program procedure

Attention! In case an USB -RS232-adaptor is used, the interface assignment of COM-1..2 by

the operating system has possibly to be done again. (start / System control / system / device
manager / connections (COM and LPT) / connection parameters / extended / COM-
connection number)
5 Pressing the button to select PIC 4.

Fig. 11 Demand to restart the device zum Neustart des Gerätes

6 Connect the device to the mains. When the device successfully changed into flash-mode, a short
sequence of tones sounds. Nothing appears on the screen.
7 Close the program BIOSEN_Flash by pressing buttons 1.

Fig. 12 To update the PIC program has to be closed

8 The update process will go on with Flash-Software M16 see Flash-Software M16.

Attention! During work through the Flash-Software M16 under no circumstances the device
must not be disconnected from the mains otherwise all former Steps have to be done again.

3.6.6. Troubleshooting
Failure Description
ID-Code is wrong The inputted ID-code does not match the firmware of the device. Make sure the
ID-code of the firmware is used that should be overwritten.
The device do’s not The device does not react
response
Causes:
• The device is not connected to the mains
• Device is not in flash mode or possibly has been started „normal“
• The device is not correctly connected to the PC
• Wrong interface has been chosen

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-7
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 30.03.06 TK all Issue of document -
1.1.0 19.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 3.6-8
BIOSEN C_line
Tools of: 8

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting von: 2

4. Troubleshooting
4.0. Table of contents
4. Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................... 1
4.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
4.1. Tube system failure ....................................................................................................................... 4.1-1
4.2. Measuring problems...................................................................................................................... 4.2-1
4.2.1. Quiescent current failure........................................................................................................ 4.2-1
4.2.2. Calibration failure ................................................................................................................... 4.2-3
4.2.3. Failure of accuracy................................................................................................................. 4.2-6
4.2.4. Precision failures.................................................................................................................... 4.2-8
4.2.5. Throughput of consumables .................................................................................................. 4.2-9
4.3. Mechanical Problems.................................................................................................................... 4.3-1
4.3.1. Sample tray ............................................................................................................................ 4.3-1
4.3.2. Lifter ....................................................................................................................................... 4.3-4
4.3.3. Pivot arm ................................................................................................................................ 4.3-5
4.3.4. Pump...................................................................................................................................... 4.3-6
4.3.5. Sensor block .......................................................................................................................... 4.3-7
4.4. Electrical Problems........................................................................................................................ 4.4-1
4.5. Communication problems ............................................................................................................. 4.5-1
4.5.1. Printer..................................................................................................................................... 4.5-1
4.5.2. EDP........................................................................................................................................ 4.5-4
4.6. Miscellaneous................................................................................................................................ 4.6-1
4.7. Error List........................................................................................................................................ 4.7-1

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 2

4.1. Tube system failure

Common Error pattern

No transport of liquid
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
Calibration error, rest current failure.
It is pre-condition that the pump turns. Check transportation by taking out and re-insert system solution.

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with the pump tube. Not correctly engaged, not correctly slotted in, too old or sticks
together.
-> Check or rather change!
2 Problems with the exchanger. Check exchanger for cracks and loose elements. No allowance of
visible crystallised residues on the exchanger.
-> Check or rather change!
3 Problems with the sample cannula. The sample cannula must not be bended or have other
damages.
-> Check or rather change!
4 Check tubes and cannula for correct and tight fit, cracks or crystallised residues.
-> Check or rather change!
5 Problems with the type of Sensor. In C_line devices only G/L-Sensors of type II are permitted to
insert.
-> Check or rather change!
6 Problems with the flow-cell. Check flow-cell for cracks or other perceptible damages.
Check or rather change!
7 False adjustment of lifter parameters, in basic setting the hole of the sample cannula cannot be
found in centre of the exchanger
-> Control of lifter parameters accordingly to alignment/adjustment/tests/lifter

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 Aßmann all Issue of document -
1.1.0 18.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4.2. Measuring problems

4.2.1. Quiescent current failure

General error pattern

General error pattern 1108, 1109, 1110, 1111. No measurement possible.

Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
Could occur in „standby“ or „ready for measurement“ mode. The absolute Sensor quiescent current is too
high, or rather drift of Sensor quiescent current is too high.

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 After changing the chip-sensor.

Chip-sensor has not stabilized after initial running procedure

-> No need to act, device automatically changes into „ready for measurement“ mode, when the
Sensor quiescent current reaches a value below the limit. The displayed value refreshes every 50
sec. and must be below 50 nAs

Chip-Sensor contacts are wet. System solution wetted the contact pads while sensor has been
changed, the spring contacts are wet.
-> Open the sensor block, take out the Sensor and wipe it carefully with a dry tissue
-> Open the sensor block, wipe spring contact with a dry tissue carefully
2 After transportation of disconnection from the mains for longer time
Chip-sensor has to stabilize after disconnection.
-> No need to act, device automatically changes into „ready for measurement“ mode, when the
Sensor quiescent current reaches a value below the limit. The displayed value refreshes every 50
sec. and must be below 50 nAs
3 After or during measurement

A sample with too high concentration (e.g. un-diluted) or improper medium has been tested.
-> need to act, device automatically changes into „ready for measurement“ mode, when the
Sensor quiescent current reaches a value below the limit. The displayed value refreshes every 50
sec. and must be below 50 nAs. Eventually the process can be speed-up by additional rinsing
cycles. Take out system-solution and re-insert.

Problems with system solution. False, expired or contaminated system solution (e.g. change of
waste and system solution bottles)
-> Empty bottle of system solution, rinse it carefully with original EKF-system solution
Rinse the device system several times (take out and re-insert system solution).

Expired or defect chip-sensor. Failure occurs sporadically or increasingly.

-> Change chip sensor. At 2-channel-devices check out the number of the measuring channel
which caused the failure. Only this sensor has to be changed.

Problems with transport of liquid

-> Check flow-system for impermeability
No air-bubbles should be visible inside the tubes

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4 Device failure

Internal failure of sensor block or PIC-PCBA. Unsolder sensor cable of the belonging measuring
channel of PIC-PCB, according to disassembly / assembly / start running sensor block and device
provisional.
-> In case the failure furthermore occurs, change PIC – PCBA, according to disassembly / assembly
/ change
-> If the failure disposed, change sensor block, according to disassembly / assembly / sensor block

General error pattern

Sensor current failure 1105, 1106, 1107. measurement aborted, failure has to be
confirmed
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
Could happen during or after measurement. The sensor quiescent-current do not reach basic value or rather
drift of sensor quiescent-current after measurement is too high

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with the sample

Sample concentration is too high or un-diluted

-> use proper sample or rather dilute correctly

Improper sample material

-> use proper sample: blood, serum, plasma

Wrong solution in the cup, not correctly filled with 1mL, expired.
-> dilute sample in original pre-filled EKF cup
-> double check before use that reaction cup is pre-filled properly and closed
2 Problems with system solution

Wrong or expired system solution

-> Empty bottle of system solution, rinse it carefully with original EKF-system solution
Rinse the device system several times (take out and re-insert system solution).
3 Problems with the flow-system

Flow-system is permeable. System solution and sample will not be correctly transported.
-> check flow-system according to Troubleshooting/tube system failure.
4 Problems with the chip sensor

Expired or defect chip-sensor. Failure occurs sporadically or increasingly.

-> change chip-sensor. At 2-channel-devices check out the number of the measuring channel
which caused the failure. Only this sensor has to be changed.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-3
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4.2.2. Calibration failure

General error pattern

1114 No standard found. Failure has to be confirmed

Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
After starting calibration or auto-calibration

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Standard-cup not fitted in its position
-> insert standard-cup in pos. STD 1 and / or 2.
2 After any calibration failure

In case a failure occurs during calibration the current standard cup is internal marked empty by the
system (it is unascertainable whether the cup is really empty or another failure caused the problem).
-> Take out standard cup, wait 2 sec. And re-insert it
3 Device failure

Sample-cup segment 1 is defect, problem connector or PIC – PCBA is defect.

-> check connector J7
-> cross-check with reserve sample-cup segment 1. In case it works, this was the cause – change
according to disassembly / assembly / change sample-cup segment
-> alternatively PIC – PCBA has to be changed according to disassembly / assembly / change PIC-
PCBA

General error pattern

1115, 1116 calibration value Sensor 1 (2) too low. Failure has to be confirmed
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
After starting calibration or auto-calibration

Troubleshooting / error cause

Nr. Beschreibung
1 Standard-cup is empty
-> insert a filled standard-cup into pos. STD 1 and / or 2
2 Problems with standard solution

Wrong standard solution , expired or wrongly stored system solution

-> use original and correctly stored standard solution

Advise: For testing it might be helpful to use patient sample or control solution with higher
concentration as standard solution. In case it calibrates, the problem was clearly caused by the
standard solution
Attention! Under no circumstances a so calibrated device must be used to measure patient
samples. This test is for failure identification, only.
3 Problems with the chip-sensor

Chip-sensor defect or too old

-> change chip-sensor

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-4
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4 Problems with the flow-system

Flow-system is permeable. System solution and sample will not be correctly transported.
-> check flow-system according to Troubleshooting/tube system failure.
5 Device failure

Internal failure PIC – PCBA.

-> change PIC – PCBA according to disassembly / assembly / change PIC- PCBA

General error pattern

1117, 1118 Calibration value Sensor 1 (2) too high. Failure has to be confirmed
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
After starting calibration or auto-calibration.

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with standard solution

Wrong standard solution , expired or wrongly stored system solution

-> use original and correctly stored standard solution

Advise: For testing it might be helpful to use patient sample or control solution with higher
concentration as standard solution. In case it calibrates, the problem was clearly caused by the
standard solution
Attention! Under no circumstances a so calibrated device must be used to measure patient
samples. This test is for failure identification, only.
2 Problems with the flow-system

Flow-system is permeable. System solution and sample will not be correctly transported.
-> check flow-system according to Troubleshooting/tube system failure..
3 Problems with the chip-sensor

Chip-sensor defect or too old

-> change chip-sensor
4 Device failure

Internal failure PIC – PCBA.

-> change PIC – PCBA, according to disassembly / assembly / change PIC – PCBA

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-5
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

1119, 1120 Calibration value Sensor 1 (2) astable. Failure has to be confirmed
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
After calibration or auto-calibration

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with standard solution

Wrong standard solution , expired or wrongly stored system solution

-> use original and correctly stored standard solution

Advise: For testing it might be helpful to use patient sample or control solution with higher
concentration as standard solution. In case it calibrates, the problem was clearly caused by the
standard solution
Attention! Under no circumstances a so calibrated device must be used to measure patient
samples. This test is for failure identification, only.
2 Problems with environmental temperature.

The device is operated at a site with too big fluctuation of temperature, e.g. an opened window,
direct solar radiation etc.
-> operate the device at a proper site, see operation manual
3 Problems with the chip-sensor

Chip-sensor defect or too old

-> change chip-sensor
4 Device failure

Internal failure PIC – PCBA.

-> change PIC – PCBA, according to disassembly / assembly / change PIC – PCBA

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-6
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

1125, 1126, 1127, 1128 Calibration failure Sensor 1 (2). Failure has to be confirmed
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
After starting calibration or auto-calibration. Problems with the internal gradient.

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with standard solution

Wrong standard solution , expired or wrongly stored system solution

-> use original and correctly stored standard solution

Advise: For testing it might be helpful to use patient sample or control solution with higher
concentration as standard solution. In case it calibrates, the problem was clearly caused by the
standard solution
Attention! Under no circumstances a so calibrated device must be used to measure patient
samples. This test is for failure identification, only.
2 Problems with system solution.
False, or expired system solution
-> Empty bottle of system solution, rinse it carefully refill it with original EKF-system solution
3 Problems with the flow-system.

Flow-system is permeable. System solution and sample will not be correctly transported.
-> check flow-system according to Troubleshooting/tube system failure.
4 Problems with the chip-sensor

Chip-sensor defect or too old

-> change chip-sensor
5 Device failure

Internal failure PIC – PCBA.

-> change PIC – PCBA, according to disassembly / assembly / change PIC – PCBA

4.2.3. Failure of accuracy

General error pattern

Measured values of control material are not within the expected range.
Against this measured values of patient samples are plausible.
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
Control values are out of tolerance

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 With control material of EKF: EasyCon, EasyCon_pat

Problems with control material. Controls are expired, incorrectly stored or improperly purified.
-> Use new, un-breached control material
-> properly take control material by an end-to-end capillary and put it into the reaction cup, shake it
in the right way , see also operation manual – chapter – sample handling

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-7
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

2 With control material of other manufacturers

In addition to work Step 1

-> is the control material suitable for wet-chemistry, amperometric measuring systems? Contact
EKF for confirmation in case you doubt
-> is there a method-specific reference value available for hexocinase method? It is important
because there are different target values for different analyzing methods. The value for
hexocinase method must be used or, if mentioned for BIOSEN device families. Ask EKF in case
you doubt.
-> Was the control material correctly purified? A lot of materials are available in lypholized form
only and have to be exactly prepared according to the instruction
-> if possible measure the material on another device as well to clearly exclude the device or
solution as is cause

General error pattern

Failure of accuracy, controls and patient values wrong

Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
Control and patient values are out of tolerance and are non-feasible

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 In case all values deviate in the same direction

Calibration failed due to deficient standard solution Concentration of the standard solution is too
high or to low
-> use correctly stored original EKF standard solution or rather open or order a new batch

The device has been operated by using improper consumables

-> use original pre-filled reaction cups
-> use original EKF – standard solution

Attention! Under no circumstances mix consumables of different manufacturers!

2 In case it is not definitely whether the measuring problem is really a problem of accuracy (all values
deviate too high or too low at same percentage) or it is a problem of precision (all values arbitrarily
deviate within a percentage range) a test line should be prepared ,
Such a test line consists of min. 5 reaction container filled with standard solution, which have to be
measured while double determination has been set. So you will get 10 readings.

Problem of accuracy: All consecutive values show a deviation of max. 1,5% to the preliminary
and following value The tendency of the value pattern is always increasing
or decreasing.
Problem of precision: All consecutive values show spread in different deviation of > 1.5% in
booth increasing and decreasing directions.
See also troubleshooting / measuring problems / precision failures.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-8
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4.2.4. Precision failures

General error pattern

Device calibrates very often, more than 3 times or show failure code 1119, 1120
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
None

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Troubleshooting see troubleshooting / calibration failure / 1119, 1120 calibration value Sensor 1 (2)

General error pattern

Patient values are not feasible. Neither calibration nor control problems.
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
None

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with pre-filled reaction cups

Problems with pre-filled reaction cups. No original EKF- reaction cups, expired or incorrect filled
reaction cups.
-> Use original EKF – reaction cups in junction with original EKF – system solution
-> do not use already expired consumables
-> check whether the reaction containers are properly filled To make a rough estimate you can
orient to the 1mL – scale of the reaction cup
2 Problems with sample preparation

-> the 20 µL end-to-end capillary must exactly be filled with blood. No overlapping blood or air
bubbles are allowed
-> as sample material only whole blood, serum or plasma is suitable
-> when you get the filled end-to-end capillary into the reaction cup make sure no solution comes
out
-> Shake the closed reaction container until the end-to-end capillary wash out
-> closed and un-broached reaction cups with sample inside can be stored in a fridge for up to 24
hours at 6-8°C Afterwards an exact measurement can no more assured
see also operation manual C_line, chapter sample preparation.
3 Device problem

It is eventually a problem of broaching. Two holes must to be seen in the lid of the reaction cup, the
hole of the sample cannula and a second for ventilation. In case there is only one hole you should
-> check lifter parameterization according to alignment/ adjustment / tests / lifter

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-9
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4.2.5. Throughput of consumables

General error pattern

Sensor life time too short

Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
Shortly after sensor change failure 1115, 1116 calibration value Sensor 1 (2) too small appears.

Troubleshooting / error cause

Nr. Description
1 Problems with system solution.
False, or expired system solution
-> Empty bottle of system solution, rinse it carefully refill it with original EKF-system solution
2 Problems with handling the chip-sensor

-> a new sensor has to be applied in menu Sensor: new

-> already used sensors has to be applied in menu Sensor: used
-> avoid numerous take out and re-insertion of the chip-sensor This process should be done oftener
than 3 times
3 Storage – or transportation problem of Chip-sensor

-> Glucose sensors have to be stored 6-8°C, lactate sensors at–18°C. Longer storages at room
temperature can seriously reduce sensor storage time

-> during taxi the environmental temperature must not exceed 45°C Therefore the temperature
control dot on the sensor packing foil has to be checked. It must not be black colored.
-> if you are in a doubt, use a new sensor batch
4 Device failure

Internal failure PIC – PCBA.

-> change PIC – PCBA, according to disassembly / assembly / change PIC- PCBA

General error pattern

Reaction cup with standard solution is not sufficient for at least 4 - 5 calibrations.
Pre-condition / previous history / failure codes
None

Troubleshooting / error cause

No. Description
1 Problems with calibration

-> see troubleshooting / calibration failure

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 27.03.06 F.Aßmann all Issue of document -
1.1.0 19.01.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 30.08.07 TM 2,3,7 revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.2-10
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

4.3. Mechanical Problems

4.3.1. Sample tray

General error pattern

The sample tray causes noises within a certain section during a full rotation.
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the sample tray is not placed straight on the tray driver.
2 Check whether one of the three rubber stops is missing.
3 Check whether the current height of the tray driver corresponds to the specification. Compare this
with chapter Alignment/Adjustment/Tests.
4 Check whether the tray support is assembled according to the specification.

General error pattern

Immediately with tapping the reaction vessels (air hole or sampling) the sample tray
cants. The device changes to an error status after that.
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error codes
Error codes: 3115; 3116

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether sample cups are used according to the recommendations of EKF-diagnostic.

Attention: It is important, that the wall thicknesses of the lid membranes or the material are
equal to the Eppendorf 2.0 mL; 1.5 mL sample cups!
2 Check whether the current height of the tray driver corresponds to the specification. Compare this
with chapter Alignment/Adjustment/Tests.
3 Check whether the tray support is assembled according to the specification.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

General error pattern

Some sample cups fitted in the tray cants after the sample cannula pricks the air
hole or the sample cannula drives back to the system solution position after
sampling.
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error codes
Error codes: 3106; 3108; 3105

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether sample cups are used according to the recommendations of EKF-diagnostic.
2 Check, whether affixed bar code label may prevent, that the sample cup falls easy in to the bearing
surface.

Advise: There is the possibility, that certain types of bar code label come of the sample cup
independently. This circumstance has to be avoided absolutely!
3 Check the adjustments of the lifter-pivot arm unit, whether the height adjustment of the holder for
exchanger and wiper is adjusted according to the requirements. The required steps are described in
chapter alignment/adjustment/tests.

General error pattern

The pivot arm touches the sample cups of an equipped sample tray. The device
changes to an error status afterwards.
Pre-condition / Previous history /Error codes
Error codes: 3121; 3103

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether sample cups are used according to the recommendations of EKF-diagnostic.
2 Check, whether affixed bar code label may prevent, that the sample cup falls easy in to the bearing
surface.
3 Check the adjustments of the lifter-pivot arm unit, whether the height adjustment of the holder for
exchanger and wiper is adjusted according to the requirements. The required steps are described in
chapter alignment/adjustment/tests.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-3
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

General error pattern

Some or more sample cups of an equipped sample tray are not recognized in the
measuring series.
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting /Error cause

No. Description
1 It has to be checked with the protocol print-out of the typical tapping figure or the measuring
memory whether it actually is an omission of the sample.

Attention: A measurement range undershooting (see operator's manual chapter "Ready for
measurement") is not comparable with this error pattern!
2 Check whether the sample cup recognition works. The required tests are described in chapter
alignment/adjustment/tests.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-4
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

4.3.2. Lifter

General error pattern

The lifter causes noises within a certain section of the traverse path.
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 The source of the noise origin has to be identified.
2 Look for potentially available scrub- or claw marks at the guide pillar /guide tube.
3 Possible sources are:
• Exchanger (dry, faulty exchanger due to a missing lubrication/age)
• Disassembly of the drive pinion of the lifter shaft.

Advise: If necessary, the device has to be opened. Compare with chapter

dismantling/assembly.
4 The cause has to be removed. Also compare chapter alignment/adjustment/tests.

General error pattern

The pivot arm touches the sample cups of an equipped sample tray. The device
changes to an error status afterwards.
Pre-condition /Previous history
Error codes: 3121; 3103

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 See section 4.3.1. sample tray

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-5
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

4.3.3. Pivot arm

General error pattern

The pivot arm causes noises within a certain section of drive range or the device
changes to an error status in exceptional cases.
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error codes
Error codes: 3112

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the cover ring (half shell pair) drags at the case.
2 The lifter-pivot arm unit is assembled/ adjusted faultily. Compare to chapter
alignment/adjustment/tests.

General error pattern

Some micro test tubes fitted in the tray get stuck on the tip of the sample cannula.
After the sample cannula has tapped the air hole.
Pre-condition / Previous history / error codes
Error codes: 3112; 3115;

Troubleshooting /Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether micro test tubes are used according to the recommendations of EKF-diagnostic.
2 Check, whether affixed bar code label may prevent, that the micro test tubes falls easy in to the
bearing surface.

Advise: There is the possibility, that certain types of bar code label come of the micro test
tubes independently. This circumstance has to be avoided absolutely!
3 Check the adjustments of the lifter-pivot arm unit, whether the height adjustment of the holder for
exchanger and wiper is adjusted according to the requirements. The required steps are described in
chapter alignment/adjustment/tests.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-6
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

4.3.4. Pump

General error pattern

The pump causes noises within a certain section or during the complete rotation.
Pre-condition / Previous history
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 The source of the noise origin has to be identified.
2 Possible sources are:
• Pump wheel
• Faulty/wrenched pump tube
• Pump rolls or the axis of the pump rolls
• Roller bearing of the drive shaft
• Gear
• Step motor drive

Advise: If necessary, the device has to be opened. Compare to chapter

dismantling/assembly
3 Look for potentially available scrub- or claw marks at the pump rolls/the pump wheel.
4 If the pump tube is wrenched loud noises appear under circumstances. The pump tube has to be
changed.

Advise: For this work step it is not necessary to open the device!
5 At faulty pump rolls the complete pump wheel has to be exchanged.

Advise: For this work step it is not necessary to open the device!
6 Check whether system solution has penetrated into the pump housing before.
7 In case of a gear contaminated with system solution the pump assembly has to be changed.
Compare to chapter dismantling/assembly.

General error pattern

Pump wheel stands still and does not move. After a cold start the device changes to
an error status.
Pre-condition /Previous history
Error code: 2101;

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the pump wheel is bound tightly with the drive shaft.
2 Check whether the PIC PCBA and its pump motor drive works duly. Compare to chapter
alignment/adjustment/tests.
3 Check whether there is an electrical defect.

Advise: If necessary, the device has to be opened. Compare to chapter

dismantling/assembly.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-7
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

4.3.5. Sensor block

General error pattern

While changing the chip sensor this frequently breaks.

Pre-condition / Previous history
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the chip sensor type II is used as a chip sensor.
2 Check the own work steps with the operator's manual in the chapter preparation for the measuring
operation.
Check whether residues or fragments of old chip sensors are in the gap of the sensor block and the
sensor seal.
3 Check whether all six spring contact pins can easily be moved within their guide.
4 Check whether it is possible to position the chip sensor holding at inserted chip sensor to the final
position. Compare to chapter dismantling/assembly.
5 Check, whether one of the hinges (rotary axis sensor seal; rotary axis chip sensor holding) is
displaced one-sided so that a canting of the sensor seal is possible.
6 Check whether the required height dimensions were kept after a change of a flow cell or contact
unit for chip sensor recognition. Compare to chapters dismantling/assembly and
alignment/adjustment/tests

General error pattern

The parameter or type of an inserted chip sensor is not recognized "No sensor
found" or the inserted chip sensor is recognized faultily.
Pre-condition / Previous history
Error codes: 1108;

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the contact pads of the chip sensor are free of deposits.
2 Check whether system solution residues are recognizable in the areas of the contact pads.
3 Check whether all six spring contact pins can easily be moved within their guide.
4 Check whether the typing of the chip sensor corresponds to the specification.

Advise: Under circumstances a Lactate chip sensor is recognized as a glucose chip sensor
or not assigned to any parameter and recognized as a dummy chip sensor.

Dummy Chip sensor Typ II Glucose Chip sensor Typ II Lactate Chip sensor Typ II

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.3-8
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 8

General error pattern

Frequent appearance of the error message "sensor current fault" during the
measuring readiness/stand-by.
Pre-condition / Previous history
Error codes: 1109; 1110; 1111; 1160

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Make sure that the device system/bio sensor had enough time to stabilize itself.

Advise: It is imperative to pay attention to grant the device system a corresponding time
period for the stabilization after transportation or longer shutdown..
2 Check whether the contact pads of the chip sensor are free of deposits.
3 Check whether system solution residues are recognizable in the areas of the contact pads.
4 Check whether all six spring contact pins can easily be moved within their guide.
5 Cleaning of the gap (sensor seal and chip sensor contacting)

Advise: It is imperative to pay attention to keep sharp-egded objects away from the flow cell.
6 Wipe the areas of the contact pads at the chip sensor dryly with a dust-free cloth/Klinex.

Advise: In the course of the elimination of all solution residues the chip sensor holding
should absolutely be checked and be cleaned if necessary.
7 Check of the function. Replace chip sensor at renewed malfunction by a new one.

General error pattern

A closing of the sensor seal is not recognized. The display remain in the request to
insert a chip sensor.
Pre-condition / Previous history
None

Troubleshooting /Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the hook of the sensor seal is closed or clicked in correspondingly.
2 Check whether the magnet is available in the hook of the sensor seal.
3 Check whether there is an electrical defect.

Advise: If necessary, the device has to be opened. Compare to chapter

dismantling/assembly.

Revision history
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr All Issue of documents -
1.1.0 19.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.4-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

4.4. Electrical Problems

General error patterns

Device does not start
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error codes
The device does not have any separate power switch. It gets separated from the net or connected to the net
using the mains plug.

Troubleshooting /Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the mains cable is connected with the power supply 1.

Fig. 1 Biosen C_Line back view

2 Check whether the mains cable is connected to a socket outlet.

3 Check the socket outlet.

Advise: Check whether the connection values given on the type plate correspond with the
power supply.
4 Check the mains cable on damages. (kinks, crushes)
5 Check the fuses (see Alignment/Adjustment/Tests power supply/mains adapter)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.4-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

General error pattern

Sporadical RESET
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting /Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the mains cable is plugged in tightly to power supply at the device and socket outlet.
2 Check the mains cable on damages. (kinks, crushes)

Advise: Use another mains cable on a trial basis.

3 Check the fuses (see Alignment/Adjustment/Tests power supply/mains adapter)
4 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
5 Change the mains adapter.
6 Check plug connector 1. Check the voltage values at plug connector 1.
(see Alignment/ Adjustment/ Tests power supply/ mains adapter)

Fig. 2 PIC plug connector mains adapter

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.4-3
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

General error pattern

Display remains dark
Pre-condition / Previous history /Error codes
Touchpanel still reacts

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Carry out Reset. In this process separate mains cable from the device. Wait shortly, then connect
device with the mains cable again.
2 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
3 Check plug connector 1 to the display. The cable can have unfastened.

Fig. 3 HMIC connector display

4 Change display. (see Dismantling /Assembly Change case with display / touch screen)

Advise: A change of the display is intended only in connection with the upper case.
5 Change HMIC. (see Dismantling / Assembly Change PCBA HMIC)

General error pattern

Faulty presentation in the display
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Carry out Reset. In this process separate mains cable from the device. Wait shortly, then connect
device with the with mains cable again.
2 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
3 Change display. (see Dismantling /Assembly Change case with display / touch screen)

Advise: For a fast functional test the HMIC can be connected with a working display to
delimit the error.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.4-4
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

General error pattern

Display is illuminated but does not show anything
Pre-condition /Previous History / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Carry out Reset. In this process separate mains cable from the device. Wait shortly, then connect
device with the with mains cable again.
2 Check the contrast voltage adjustments. (see Tools section BIOSEN service) or (see
Alignment/Adjustment/Tests section HMIC)
2 Dismantling the upper case for the check of a perhaps available electrical defect (see
dismantling/assembly upper case)
3 Check plug connector 1 to the display. The cable can have unfastened.

Fig. 4 HMIC connector display

4 Change HMIC for check of a perhaps available electrical defect. (see Dismantling / Assembly
Change PCBA HMIC)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.4-5
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

General error pattern

After every cold start the time and the date is reset on 12:00 or 01-01-00.
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error codes
None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Dismantling the upper case (see Dismantling/Assembly upper case)
2 Dismantling HMIC. (see Dismantling/ Assembly Change PCBA HMIC)
3 Change the lithium supporting battery.
4 Function control.
5 Assemble HMIC (see Dismantling / Assembly Change PCBA HMIC)
6 Assemble the upper case (see Dismantling / Assembly upper case)

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 17.03.06 TM All Issue of document -
1.1.0 22.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.4-6
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.5-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

4.5. Communication problems

4.5.1. Printer

General error pattern

Printer does not print
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error code

Serial printer DPU 414

It is connected via a serial printer cable. Usual printer cables are not compatible.

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check the readiness display at the printer.

Advise: If readiness display is shown continue with work step 6.

2 Check whether the printer is switched on. Power switch on "on".
3 Check whether the printer is connected with the mains adapter.
4 Check whether the printer mains adapter is connected to a socket outlet.

Advise: Use another socket outlet.

5 Check the mains adapter of the printer.
6 The green LED (online) must light up. Press the button online, if the red LED (offline) lights up.
7 Carry out a printer test (see Alignment/ Adjustment/ Tests printer)
8 Check whether the printer is connected with the printer cable.
9 Check whether the printer cable is connected with the serial printer interface 1.

Fig. 1 Biosen C_Line back view

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.5-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

10 Check the printer cable.

Fig. 2 Interface occupancy printer cable

Attention: Usual printer cables are not compatible.

11 Check the adjustments in the device menu at the Biosen C_Line. (see Alignment/Adjustment/Test
printer)
12 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
13 Check the plug connectors 2 and 3.

Fig. 3 HMIC plug connector

14 Check the connection cable between plug connector 2 and serial printer interface 1.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.5-3
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

15 Check the plug connector 4.

Fig. 4 PIC plug connector

16 Check the connection cable between plug connector 4 and plug connector 3.
17 (see Alignment/ Adjustment/ Tests printer)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.5-4
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

4.5.2. EDP

General error pattern

EDP system does not receive any data.
Pre-condition / Previous History /Error codes

None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check whether the EDP cable is connected to the laboratory EDP.
2 Check whether the EDP cable is connected with the serial interface for EDP connection 1.

Fig. 5 Biosen C_Line back view

3 Check the EDP cable.

Fig. 6 Interface occupancy EDP cablel

4 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.5-5
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

5 Check the plug connectors 2 and 3.

Fig. 7 HMIC connector

6 Check the connection cable between plug connector 2 and serial interface for EDP connection 1.
7 Check plug connector 4.

Fig. 8 PIC connector

8 Check the connection cable between plug connector 4 and plug connector 3.
9 (See Alignment/ Adjustment/ Test EDP)

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 18.03.06 TM All Issue of document -
1.1.0 22.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.5-6
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

4.6. Miscellaneous

General error pattern

Barcode reading problem
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error code

none

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check the adjustments of the bar code activation and bar code length under menu item "bar code".
(see operator's manual)
2 Clean the bar code window 1 from the outside using cotton swabs drenched in ethyl alcohol.

Fig. 1 Bar code window on the outside

Advise: Carry out the cleaning of the bar code window with a moderate pressure to avoid an
ejection of the bar code window.

Advise: If the bar code window is scratched it must be changed. (see dismantling/assembly
bar code reader)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

3 Check adjustment and initialization of the bar code reader (see alignment/adjustment/tests bar code
reader)
4 If no outer cause is visible, the upper case can be dismantled to look for other error causes. (see
dismantling/assembly upper case)
5 Possibly the bar code window 1 has to be cleaned from inside using cotton swabs drenched in ethyl
alcohol.

Fig. 2 Bar code window inside

Advise: Carry out the cleaning of the bar code window with a moderate pressure to avoid an
ejection of the bar code window.

Advise: If the bar code window is scratched it must be changed. (see dismantling/assembly
bar code reader)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-3
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

6 Check the plug connector 4.

4
2

Fig. 3 Bar code reader

Advise: Do not remove connection cable 2 while the device is in operation. Separate the
power supply cable from the device first. Otherwise the PIC can be destroyed.
7 Check the connecting cable 2. In this process a new BC can be used as test equipment. Within the
cold start sequence the BC must switch into "Scan-operation"

Advise: Do not remove or contact connection cable 2 while the device is in operation.
Separate the power supply cable from the device first. Otherwise the PIC can be destroyed.
8 If necessary the bar code reader 3 has to be changed.
9 Adjustment and initialization of the new bar code reader (see alignment/justification/tests bar code
reader)
10 Assemble the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-4
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

Touch screen does not react
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error codes

None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Carry out a cold start. Separate power supply cable from the device. Wait shortly and connect
device with the power supply cable again.
2 Check whether dirt particles have collected in the cracks between touchpanel and case.
Advise: Cleaning from the outside using cotton swabs drenched in ethyl alcohol.
3 Check whether the display/touch is pulled out one-sided or mounted loosely in the casing.
4 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
5 Check the plug connector 5 to the touch screen. The cable could have loosen itself.

Fig. 4 Plug connector touch screen

6 Check with a single touch panel whether the error is caused by the display or the HMIC.
7 If necessary the display with touch screen has to be changed. (see dismantling/assembly change
case with display/touch screen).
8 If necessary the HMIC has to be changed (see dismantling/assembly change PCBA HMIC)
9 Assemble the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-5
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

System solution bottle is recognized as empty although it is full
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error code

Error code: 1161

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check with a light-proof object whether the sensors work duly.

Advise: Possibly it is sufficient to turn the system solution bottle by 90°, since some bottle
edges are different in their optical qualities.
2 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
3 Check the filling identification sensor 6 for a failure. In this process a test adapter (single sensor
edge) has to be connected in plug connector J2 and the test is repeated.

Fig. 5 Bottle compartment with filling identification sensor

Advise: If the filling identification sensor is faulty the whole bottle compartment must be
changed. (see dismantling/assembly change bottle compartment)
4 If necessary the PIC has to be changed. (see dismantling/assembly change PCBA PIC)

Advise: It is thoroughly necessary to check whether the PIC PCBA has to be considered. The
optical sensor is the error cause in more than 90% of all cases!
5 Assemble the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-6
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

System solution bottle is not recognized as empty
Pre-condition /Previous history / Error code

No transport of system solution

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Change system solution bottle
2 Clean the filling identification sensor and pay attention that the drillings are free of dirt particles

Advise: Use compressed air or a cotton swab drenched with ethyl alcohol for cleaning.
3 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
4 Check the filling identification sensor 6 for a failure. In this process a test adapter (single sensor
edge) has to be connected in plug connector J2 and the test is repeated.
(see attachment component side PIC- PCBA Rev. B or D)

Fig. 6 Bottle compartment with filling identification sensors

Advise: If the filling identification sensor is faulty the whole bottle compartment must be
changed. (see dismantling/assembly change bottle compartment)
5 If necessary the PIC has to be changed. (see dismantling/assembly change PCBA PIC)

Advise: It is thoroughly necessary to check whether the PIC PCBA has to be considered. The
optical sensor is the error cause in more than 90% of all cases!
6 Assemble the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-7
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

Waste bottle is not recognized as full
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error codes

None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Check with a light-proof object whether the sensors work duly.

Advise: Possibly it is sufficient to turn the system solution bottle by 90°, since some bottle
edges are different in their optical qualities.
2 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
3 Check the filling identification sensor 7 for a failure. In this process a test adapter (single sensor
edge) has to be connected in plug connector J5 and the test is repeated.
(see attachement component side PIC- PCBA Rev. B or D)

Fig. 7 Bottle compartment with filling identification sensors

Advise: If the filling identification sensor is faulty the whole bottle compartment must be
changed. (see dismantling/assembly change bottle compartment)
4 If necessary the PIC has to be changed. (see dismantling/assembly change PCBA PIC)

Advise: It is thoroughly necessary to check whether the PIC PCBA has to be considered. The
optical sensor is the error cause in more than 90% of all cases!
5 Assemble the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-8
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

Waste bottle is always recognized as full
Pre-condition / Previous history /Error code

Error code: 1162

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Change waste bottle.
2 Clean the filling identification sensor and pay attention that the drillings are free of dirt particles

Advise: Use compressed air or a cotton swab drenched with ethyl alcohol for cleaning.
3 Dismantling the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
4 Check the filling identification sensor 7 for a failure. In this process a test adapter (single sensor
edge) has to be connected in plug connector J5 and the test is repeated.
(see attachement component side PIC- PCBA Rev. B or D)

Fig. 8 Bottle compartment with filling identification sensors

Advise: If the filling identification sensor is faulty the whole bottle compartment must be
changed. (see dismantling/assembly change bottle compartment)
5 If necessary the PIC has to be changed. (see dismantling/assembly change PCBA PIC)

Advise: It is thoroughly necessary to check whether the PIC PCBA has to be considered. The
optical sensor is the error cause in more than 90% of all cases!
6 Assemble the upper case (see dismantling/assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-9
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

General error pattern

Card terminal - no function
Pre-condition / Previous history / Error code

None

Troubleshooting / Error cause

No. Description
1 Insert the smart card with the chip contact surface downward. In the display must appear at least
the error 10032 "Invalid smart card".
2 Check whether the firmware of the HMIC is at least version 1.03.0.
3 If a different reaction is ascertainable in dependence of the position of the chip contact surface, the
smart card should be changed.
4 In the case that this error message appears there is a card defect with the utmost probability. Cause
can be a faulty/wrong smart card or a faulty communication.
5 Possibly upper case has to be dismantled (see dismantling/assembly upper case)
6 Check plug connector 1 (ST10). (see attachement component side HMIC- PCBA Rev. B or D)

Fig. 9 HMIC connector

7 It has to be checked with a test adapter whether the error cause can be found at the card terminal.
8 Change the card terminal. (see dismantling/assembly card terminal)

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 18.03.06 TM All Issue of document -
1.1.0 22.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 4.6-10
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 10

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-1
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

4.7. Error List

Error code
Code Source Classification Description Background / Cause Problem solving
1100 PIC Process – general No Chip-Sensor active A measuring condition (calibration; measuring
of controls, STAT sample, patient samples)
was called without at least one chip sensor
being active.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1101 PIC Process – general Measuring cannot be started It was tried to start measuring patient
in this condition samples outside the measuring readiness.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1102 PIC Process – general Wrong event in this condition An event was caused which cannot be dealt
with in this condition.
• Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1103 PIC Process – general Sub-conditions have already It was tried to call sub-conditions in the
started internal process although they are already
active.
• Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-2
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1104 PIC Process – general Task cannot be carried out in It was tried to carry out a task which
this condition contravenes the current condition.
• Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1105 PIC Process – measuring Absolute quiescent current is After a calibration / measuring it is tried to
general – cleaning too high lower the quiescent current to the level before
measuring by flushing the system. This was
not reached within a particular time. The
absolute value of the quiescent current is far
too high.
• Device was separated from the power • Chip sensor needs to stabilize
supply for several days or hours again
• Device will change to a quiescent
current fault possibly after some
seconds
• Leave device in this condition till it
passes into measuring readiness
automatically
• Wrong medium being measured • Device is designed for the thinned
measuring (1:50) of human blood,
serum or plasma
• Use a correct medium being
measured
• Either there is no system solution in the • Fill in new system solution
flow system or it is not transported or not • Check filling identification sensors
duly transported (see section Check filling
identification sensors)
• Further troubleshooting (see
sections tube system error,
measuring problems)
• Sample cups pre-filled with wrong • Use new, original, correct pre-filled
solution EKF sample cups

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-3
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• wrong sample preparation, undiluted • Prepare samples according to the

samples operator’s manual
• wrong or undiluted standard solution • Use new original EKF-standard
solution for diluted measuring
• wrong or contaminated system solution • fill in new system solution
• damp chip sensor contacts • Dry chip sensor contacts carefully
• faulty, overaged or not duly stabilized • If the chip sensor was changed in
chip sensor switched off condition, change the
sensor in accordance with the
operator's manual under retention
of the chip sensor
• If the chip sensor is faulty or too
old, change the sensor in
accordance with the operator's
manual
1106 PIC Process – measuring Quiescent current drift is too After a calibration / measuring it is tried to
general – cleaning high lower the quiescent current to the level before
measuring by flushing the system. This was
not reached within a particular time. The
temporal change of the current is too high

• see error code 1105 • see error code 1105

1107 PIC Process – measuring Quiescent current tolerance After a calibration / measuring it is tried to
general – cleaning was not reached lower the quiescent current to the level before
measuring by flushing the system. This was
not reached within a particular time. The
quiescent current could not reach the
permitted tolerance to the condition before
the measuring.
• see error code 1105 • see error code 1105

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-4
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1108 PIC Process – Standby / Absolute quiescent current is During standby, measuring readiness and
measuring readiness / too high error status the quiescent current of the
error status system is controlled.. The absolute value of
the quiescent current is too high
• Device was separated from the power • Chip sensor needs to stabilize
supply for several days or hours again
• Leave device in this condition till it
passes into measuring readiness
automatically
• Either there is no system solution in the • Fill in new system solution
flow system or it is not transported or not • Check filling identification sensors
duly transported (see section Check filling
identification sensors)
• Further troubleshooting (see
sections tube system error,
measuring problems)
• faulty, overaged or not duly stabilized • If the chip sensor was changed in
chip sensor switched off condition, change the
sensor in accordance with the
operator's manual under retention
of the chip sensor
• If the chip sensor is faulty or too
old, change the sensor in
accordance with the operator's
manual
1109 PIC Process – Standby / Quiescent current drift is too During standby, measuring readiness and
measuring readiness / high error status the quiescent current of the
error state system is controlled. The temporal change of
the current is too high
• see error code 1108 • see error code 1108

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-5
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1110 PIC Process – measuring Absolute quiescent current is Before a calibration / measuring the quiescent
general too high current is determined for the later cleaning.
The absolute value of the quiescent current is
too high.
• see error code 1105 • see error code 1105
1111 PIC Process – measuring Quiescent current drift is too Before a measuring the quiescent current is
general high determined for the later cleaning. The
temporal change of the current is too high
• see error code 1105 • see error code 1105
1112 PIC Process – measuring Wrong actuator position A series for measuring patient samples was
patient samples called without the actuators being in the rest
position.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1113 PIC Process – calibration Wrong actuator position Calibration was started without the actuators
being in the rest position.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1114 PIC Process – calibration No standard cup found No valid standard cup for calibration was
found.
• No standard cup placed • Position standard cup
• Standard cups empty • Replace an empty standard cup by
a full one
• Device has not recognized change of • Take out shortly and reinsert
the standard cup standard cup
• Plug connector contacts incorrectly • Check plug connector/contacting
(crimp contacts are correctly
situated in the connector housing)
• Change cup handling segment 1 if
necessary (see section change cup
handling segment 1)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-6
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• Sensor for cup recognition contaminated • Clean cup recognition sample tray
or cup recognition segment 1 (see
section check / clean cup
recognition and cup handling
segment 1 and 2 – clean cup
recognition)
• Sensor for cup recognition faulty • Check cup recognition of the cup
handling and sample tray and
change the cup handling if
necessary (see section cup check
recognition and check cup
handling)
• PCBA PIC faulty • If check fails with functional cup
handling change PCBA PIC, (see
section Change PCBA PIC)
1115 PIC Process – calibration Chip sensor 1: calibration The calibration value could not reach the
value too low minimum value after several tests either.
• Standard cup empty • Replace an empty standard cup by
a full one
• wrong or improper standard • Use a new original standard cup
preferably of a new packing
• Chip sensor faulty or too old • Change chip sensor according to
the operator’s manual
• Flow system leaky, exchanger, sample • Check flow system (see section
cannula or pump tube used up or faulty Checking flow system)
• If necessary change exchanger or
pump tube according to the
operator’s manual
1116 PIC Process – calibration Chip sensor 2: calibration The calibration value could not reach the
value too low minimum value after several tests either.
• See error code 1115 • See error code 1115

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-7
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1117 PIC Process – calibration Chip sensor 1: calibration The calibration value exceeds the maximum
value too high value even after several tests.
• wrong or improper standard • Use a new original standard cup
preferably of a new packing
• Chip sensor faulty • Change chip sensor according to
the operator’s manual
1118 PIC Process – calibration Chip sensor 2: calibration The calibration value exceeds the maximum
value too high value even after several tests.
• See error code 1117 • See error code 1117
1119 PIC Process – calibration Chip sensor 1: calibration The measuring value of several calibration
value instable runs varies greatly.
• wrong or improper standard • Use a new original standard cup
preferably of a new packing
• Flow system leaky, exchanger, sample • Check flow system (see section
cannula or pump tube used up or faulty Checking flow system)
• If necessary change exchanger or
pump tube according to the
operator’s manual
• improper system solution • Fill in new system solution
• Chip sensor faulty • Change chip sensor according to
the operator’s manual
1120 PIC Process – calibration Chip sensor 2: calibration The measuring value of several calibration
value instable runs varies greatly.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
1121 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: Maximum too The measuring value falls below the lower
signal analysis low detection limit of the signal analysis.
• See error code 1115 • See error code 1115
1122 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: Maximum too The measuring value falls below the lower
signal analysis low detection limit of the signal analysis.
• See error code 1115 • See error code 1115

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-8
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1123 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: Maximum too The measuring value exceeds the saturation
signal analysis high limit of the signal analysis.
• See error code 1117 • See error code 1117
1124 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: Maximum too The measuring value exceeds the saturation
signal analysis high limit of the signal analysis..
• See error code 1117 • See error code 1117
1125 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: Tolerance of The signal analysis evaluates the quality of
signal analysis the individual values the maximum under different criteria. At least
compared with the average 1 criteria has failed.
value at the time of the • See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
maximum too high
1126 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: Tolerance of The signal analysis evaluates the quality of
signal analysis the individual values the maximum under different criteria. At least
compared with the average 1 criteria has failed.
value at the time of the • See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
maximum too high
1127 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: Uniform The signal analysis evaluates the quality of
signal analysis distribution error of the the maximum under different criteria. At least
individual values compared 1 criteria has failed.
with the average value at the • See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
time of the maximum
1128 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: Uniform The signal analysis evaluates the quality of
signal analysis distribution error of the the maximum under different criteria. At least
individual values compared 1 criteria has failed.
with the average value at the • See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
time of the maximum
1129 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: Starting point Error is caused by the algorithm 1 of the
signal analysis not found signal analysis. Measuring signal is disturbed.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-9
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1130 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: Starting point Error is caused by the algorithm 1 of the
signal analysis not found signal analysis. Measuring signal is disturbed.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
1131 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: zero current Error is caused by the algorithm 1 of the
signal analysis not found signal analysis. Measuring signal is disturbed.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
1132 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: zero current Error is caused by the algorithm 1 of the
signal analysis not found signal analysis. Measuring signal is disturbed.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
1133 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: It was tried to If errors in the execution of the signal analysis
signal analysis test an invalid maximum on occur, these are traped here.
limiting values. Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1134 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: It was tried to If errors in the execution of the signal analysis
signal analysis test an invalid maximum on occur, these are traped here.
limiting values. Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1135 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 1: Base line Error is caused by the algorithm 2 of the
signal analysis correction failed signal analysis. Measuring signal is disturbed.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119
1136 PIC Process – calibration – Chip sensor 2: Base line Error is caused by the algorithm 2 of the
signal analysis correction failed signal analysis. Measuring signal is disturbed.
• See error code 1119 • See error code 1119

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-10
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1137 PIC Process – calibration – Correction of the pump tube Device has an algorithm for the correction of
signal analysis mounting failed the delivery rate of the pump changing over
the time. This error is caused if factory-made
standard parameters do not lead to success.
• Wrong pump tube • Use a new original pump tube
• Inapplicable parameterisation of the • Change factory parameters with
factory-made parameters either service card P (from HMIC
version 2.0) or Biosen Patch and
corresponding Patchfile (see
section Patch software). The
Patches can be requested after
consultation with the EKF support.
1140 PIC Process – measuring Wrong actuator position Calibration was started without the actuators
controls being in the rest position.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1141 PIC Process – measuring reserved - -
controls
1145 PIC Process – measuring Wrong actuator position Calibration was started without the actuators
STAT sample being in the rest position.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1146 PIC Process – measuring reserved - -
STAT sample
1150 PIC Process – cleaning / Wrong actuator position Calibration was started without the actuators
disinfection being in the rest position.
• Error in the sequence control at PIC or • Carry out a software update. (see
HMIC sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-11
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1151 PIC Process – cleaning / No cup found The trial to find an equipped position C1 with
disinfection the disinfection cup has failed.
• No cup with disinfection solution was • Place a disinfection cup at position
placed at position C1 C1
• Plug connector contacts incorrectly • Change cup handling segment 1 if
• Check plug connector/contacting (crimp necessary (see section change cup
contacts are correctly situated in the handling segment 1)
connector housing)
• Sensor for cup recognition contaminated • Clean cup recognition sample tray
or cup recognition segment 1 (see
section check / clean cup
recognition and cup handling
segment 1 and 2 – clean cup
recognition)
• Cup recognition for position C1 faulty • Check cup recognition of the cup
handling and sample tray and
change the cup handling if
necessary (see section cup check
recognition and check cup
handling)
• PCBA PIC faulty • If check fails with functional cup
handling change PCBA PIC, (see
section Change PCBA PIC)
1155 PIC Process – error status Too many errors More simultaneous errors have accumulated • Separate device from the power
than the device can process. and start again
• Solve occuring errors
consecutively
1156 PIC Process – error status Error status was enforced by The error status was called by a command or
status changes a not handled error has appeared.
• Software error PIC or HMIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-12
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1157 PIC Process – error status No user solvable error existing A command was called for solving errors
although there is not an error which can be
solved by a user action.
• Software error HMIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1158 PIC Process – error status reserved - -

1160 PIC Process – general No valid chip sensor found It was tried to start the device or to carry out
the sensor conditioning with invalid sensors.
• At least 1 sensor block is without chip • Fit sensors according to the
sensor, but closed operator’s manual
• Dummy sensors are put in all available • At least 1 chip sensor for glucose
sensor blocks. or lactate must be used
• The sensor contacting is faulty • Check of the contacts at the chip
sensor (See section Sensor block
/ Chip sensor – check contacts)
• Check of the status of the
contacts at the sensor block;
Contacts must be dry and may be
not bent or damaged elsewhere
• if necessary change concerned
sensor contacts (see section
Sensor block – change of contact
pins)
• Sensor block faulty • Check the wiring of the sensor
block to the PIC (see section
Check sensor block)
• If wiring is faulty change sensor
block, if necessary

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-13
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• PCBA PIC faulty • Connect intact sensor block with

PIC
• Check according to section check
sensor block)
• If necessary change PIC
1161 PIC Process – general Container for system solution • Container for system solution is empty • Refill system solution
is empty • Filling identification sensor contaminated • Clean filling identification sensor
(see section Clean filling
identification sensor)
• Filling identification sensor faulty • Check function (see section
Check filling identification sensor)
• Contact test sensor with PIC and
check function again
• If necessary check jar holding
(see section Change jar holding)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change circuit board PIC, if check
fails with test sensor (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
1162 PIC Process – general Waste container is full • Waste container is full • Empty waste container
• Filling identification sensor contaminated • Clean filling identification sensor
(see section Clean filling
identification sensors)
• Filling identification sensor faulty • Check function (see section
Check filling identification sensor)
• Contact test sensor with PIC and
check function again
• If necessary check jar holding
(see section Change jar holding)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change circuit board PIC, if check
fails with test sensor (see section
Change PCBA PIC)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-14
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1170 PIC Process – general CRC-error EEPROM The parameter memory of the device is
protected by a check sum, which is compared
with the investigated one at the start of the
system.
• PIC was parameterised and process with • Select the PIC and again deselect
the service software or service card P using the service software. With
was not completed duly this process a new CRC is
generated.. (see section Service-
Software)
• EEPROM faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
1171 PIC Process – general CRC-error ROM The parameter memory of the device is
protected by a check sum, which is compared
with the investigated one at the start of the
system.
• A new software version was installed on • Carry out the command "generate
the PIC, however it was forgotten to CRC code for ROM" using the
generate a new check sum.. service software for the PIC. (see
section Service-Software)
• Flash-ROM faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
1172 PIC Process – general Version conflict of the The parameter stored in the EEPROM must
parameter table versions in correspond to the parameters supported by
ROM and EEPROM the program, otherwise this error is caused at
the system start.
• A new software version was installed, • Carry out the command "copy
however it was forgotten to adapt the parameter table in EEPROM"
parameter table versions between ROM using the service software for the
and EEPROM. PIC. (see section Service-
Software)
• EEPROM faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-15
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1180 PIC Process – general Default values for global At least one parameter contains either no
parameters were loaded value or an invalid one.
• PIC was parameterised using the service • Set parameters on valid values
software or service card P. The using either the service software
parameterisation contained, however, an by writing headers or single ones
invalid value. or the service card P. Please
contact the EKF support.
• EEPROM faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
1181 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the AD-converter were value or an invalid one.
loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1182 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the measurement value value or an invalid one.
processing were loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1183 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the finite state machine value or an invalid one..
were loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1184 PIC Process – general Default values for general At least one parameter contains either no
parameters of the actuator value or an invalid one.
control were loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1185 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the tray control were loaded value or an invalid one.
• See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1186 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the pivot arm control were value or an invalid one.
loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1187 PIC Process – general Defaultwerte für Parameter At least one parameter contains either no
der Hebersteuerung wurden value or an invalid one.
geladen • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-16
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

1188 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the pump control were value or an invalid one.
loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1189 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the temperature measuring value or an invalid one.
were loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1190 PIC Process – general Default values for parameters At least one parameter contains either no
of the temperature controller value or an invalid one.
were loaded • See error code 1180 • See error code 1180
1200 PIC Process – general Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
overflowed further news at the moment.
• Too many errors or happenings • Separate device from the power
simultaneous and start again.
• Clear errors in the order of their
appearance
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1201 PIC Process – general An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
1202 PIC Process – general An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
found within message queue found in the message queue.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-17
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

2100 PIC Pump – general Pumpensteuerung war An action of the step motor control was not
blockiert (deadlock) completed duly.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
2101 PIC Pump – Synchronous error The pump could not be synchronized.
synchronisation • Pump wheel does not rotate • Check pump (see section Check
• Synchronous sensor faulty pump)
• If necessary change pump (see
section Change pump)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Contact and check definitely intact
pump with PIC
• If necessary change PIC (see
section Change PCBA PIC)
2102 PIC Pump – general Motor voltage did not switch It was tried to activate the step motor without
on duly. switching on all required tensions

Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see

sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
2200 PIC Pump – general Parameter value in message It was tried to pass invalid parameters to the
queue is wrong controller.

Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see

sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
2201 PIC Pump – general Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
overflowed further news at the moment.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-18
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

2202 PIC Pump – general An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
2203 PIC Pump – general An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
found within message queue found in the message queue.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

3100 PIC Actuators – tray Tray control was blocked An action of the step motor control was not
(deadlock) completed duly.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3101 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm control was blocked An action of the step motor control was not
(deadlock) completed duly.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3102 PIC Actuators – lifter Lifter control was blocked An action of the step motor control was not
(deadlock) completed duly.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-19
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3103 PIC Actuators – Error - the tray synchronization The tray could not be synchronized.
synchronous • Tray is blocked externally or drags • Check tray retainer for
contaminants.
• Check whether correct sample
cups are used
• Check hub of the tray and if
necessary readjust (see section
Adjustment of tray retainer)
• If necessary change tray retainer
(see section Change tray retainer)
or replace tray
• Tray mechanics is faulty (tray rotates • Change of tray unit (see section
stiffly or mechanics makes unusual Complete change of the tray unit)
noises)
• Encoder / codewheel contaminated • Clean encoder / codewheel (see
section Tray – clean encoder /
codewheel)
• Encoder / codewheel faulty • Check contacting of the plugs
• Change faulty codewheel (see
section Change codewheel tray)
• Change faulty encoder (see
section Change encoder tray)
• Synchronization pin below the tray is • Change tray holding (see section
missing or is damaged Change tray holding) or replace
tray
• Sensor for synchronization is faulty • Check contacting of the plugs and
change sensor for synchronization
if necessary (see section Change
sensor for tray synchronization)
• Tray motor is faulty • Check contacting of the plugs and
if necessary change of the inter-
level (see section Change inter-
level)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-20
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• PCBA PIC is faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section

Change PCBA PIC)
3104 PIC Actuators – Error - pivot arm The pivot arm could not be synchronized.
synchronous synchronization • Pivot arm is blocked externally or drags • Check pivot arm range for
contaminants
• Check whether correct sample
cups are used
• Check hub (height) of the tray and
if necessary readjust (see section
Adjustment of tray retainer)
• If necessary change tray retainer
(see section Change tray retainer)
or replace tray
• Pivot arm mechanics is faulty (pivot arm • Change lifter / pivot arm unit (see
moves stiffly or mechanics makes section Change lifter / pivot arm
unusual noises) unit)
• Encoder / codewheel contaminated • Clean encoder / codewheel (see
section pivot arm – Clean encoder
/ codewheel)
• Encoder / codewheel faulty • Check contacting of the plugs
• Change faulty codewheel (see
section Change codewheel pivot
arm)
• Change faulty encoder (see
section Change encoder pivot
arm)
• Synchronization pin within the pivot arm • Change lifter / pivot arm unit (see
is missing or is damaged section Change lifter / pivot arm
unit)
• Sensor for synchronisation is faulty • Check contacting of the plugs and
change sensor for synchronization
if necessary (see section Change
sensor for pivot arm
synchronization)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-21
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• Pivot arm motor is faulty • Check contacting of the plugs and

if necessary change of the inter-
level (see section Change inter-
level)
• PCBA PIC is faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
3105 PIC Actuators – Error - lifter synchronization: No mechanical stop could be found during
synchronous no stop position found lifter process.
• Lifter mechanics is faulty • Change lifter / pivot arm unit (see
section Change lifter / pivot arm
unit)
3106 PIC Actuators – Error - lifter synchronization: a During lifter process this was blocked too
synchronous minimum step number was not early.
reached • Lifter is blocked externally • Check lifter range for
contaminants
• Check whether correct sample
cups are used, if a sample cup is
inserted in the position at which
the lifter synchronizes.
• Check position of tray or pivot
arm, it is possible that the
position is not correct and must be
readjusted (see section
Parameterizing of the tray position
or Parameterizing of the pivot arm
position)
• Unit Sample cannula / exchanger is stiff • Change exchanger / and if
(mostly with noise, too) necessary sample cannula
according to operator’s manual
• Lifter mechanics is faulty (lifter moves • Change lifter / pivot arm unit (see
stiffly or mechanics makes unusual section Change lifter / pivot arm
noises) unit)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-22
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• Encoder / codewheel is contaminated • Clean encoder / codewheel (see

section lifter – Clean encoder /
codewheel)
• Encoder / codewheel is faulty • Check contacting of the plugs
• Change faulty codewheel (see
section Change codewheel lifter)
• Change faulty encoder (see
section Change encoder lifter)
• Lifter motor is faulty • Check contacting of the plugs and
if necessary change of the inter-
level (see section Change inter-
level)
• PCBA PIC is faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
3107 PIC Actuators – Error - synchronization lifter: After measuring the stops the lifter could not
synchronous System solution position was reach the system solution position. The
not reached blocking control was not activated.
• See error code 3106 • See error code 3106
3108 PIC Actuators – Error - synchronization lifter: The lifter was blocked after measure of the
synchronous lifter was blocked stops.
• See error code 3106 • See error code 3106
3109 PIC Actuators - tray Reserved - -
3110 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Reserved - -
3111 PIC Actuators - tray Tray was blocked • See error code 3103 except of • See error code 3103 except of
synchronization pin and sensor for synchronization pin and sensor for
synchronization synchronization
3112 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm was blocked • See error code 3104 except of • See error code 3104 except of
synchronization pin and sensor for synchronization pin and sensor for
synchronization synchronization
3113 PIC Actuators – lifter Lifter was blocked • See error code 3106 • See error code 3106

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-23
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3114 PIC Actuators - lifter Lifter was opened from Lifter was blocked while descending down. A
necessity crush protection activates an immediate run-
up of the lifter.
• See error code 3106 • See error code 3106
3115 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm was moved while Pivot arm was moved before the sample
lifter was moved. cannula is grooved into the sample cup.
Moving repeatedly causes the error.
(Protection of the sample cannula)
• Pivot arm was nudged • Avoid a manual handling in the
operating range of the mechanics.
• Improper sample cups • Use correct sample cups
according to operator’s manual
• Broached position on the sample cup • Check adjustment of the pivot arm
was not correct and if necessary re-parameterize
(see section Parameterize pivot
arm)
3116 PIC Actuators - tray Tray was moved while lifter Tray was moved before the sample cannula is
was moved grooved into the sample cup. Moving
repeatedly causes the error. (Protection of the
sample cannula)
• Tray was nudged • Avoid a manual handling in the
operating range of the mechanics.
• Improper sample cups • Use correct sample cups
according to operator’s manual
• Broached position on the sample cup • Check adjustment of the tray and
was not correct if necessary re-parameterize (see
section Parameterize tray)
3117 PIC Actuators - tray Tray must be adjusted The position of the tray must be often
permanently corrected before or after the process.
• See error code 3103 • See error code 3103

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-24
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3118 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm must be adjusted The position of the pivot must be often
permanently corrected before or after the process.
• See error code 3104 • See error code 3104
3119 PIC Actuators - lifter Lifter must be adjusted The position of the lifter must be often
permanently corrected before or after the process.
• See error code 3106 • See error code 3106
3120 PIC Actuators - tray Tray has not reached its The tray could not reach its intended position.
required position The blocking control was not activated.
• See error code 3103 • See error code 3103
3121 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm has not reached its The pivot arm could not reach its intended
required position position. The blocking control was not
activated.
• See error code 3104 • See error code 3104
3122 PIC Actuators - lifter Lifter has not reached its The lifter could not reach its intended position.
required position The blocking control was not activated.
• See error code 3106 • See error code 3106
3123 PIC Actuators - tray Tray position is not defined An action was requested without the actuator
being synchronous. The actuator is not
synchronous before the system start and after
an error of the actuator.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3124 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm position is not An action was requested without the actuator
defined being synchronous. The actuator is not
synchronous before the system start and after
an error of the actuator.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-25
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3125 PIC Actuators - lifter Lifter position is not defined An action was requested without the actuator
being synchronous. The actuator is not
synchronous before the system start and after
an error of the actuator.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3126 PIC Actuators - tray Tray position is not available A position was requested which does not exist.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3127 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Pivot arm position is not A position was requested which does not exist.
available Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3128 PIC Actuators - lifter Lifter position is not available A position was requested which does not exist.
Software erro PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3129 PIC Actuators - tray Sequence error tray It was tried to carry out a tray action which
cannot be carried out from the present tray
position.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3130 PIC Actuators - general No sample cup at required Must not appear as a direct error. Is used for
position production of an own error code in different
conditions.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-26
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3131 PIC Actuators - general No sample cup found Must not appear as a direct error. Is used for
production of an own error code in different
conditions.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3132 PIC Actuators - general reserved - -
3133 PIC Actuators – Bar code No communication to the bar The bar code reader does not react at a
code reader connection trial.
• Bar code reader is not supplied with • Check plug connector/contacting,
current or connector contacts faultily if necessary plug again
• Bar code reader was initialized faultily • Re-initialize bar code reader with
service software or with service
card C (see section Initialize bar
code reader) Please contact EKF
support.
• Bar code-ribbon cable faulty • Change bar code ribbon cable
(see section Bar code reader –
Change ribbon cable)
• Bar code reader faulty • Change bar code reader (see
section Change bar code reader)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
3134 PIC Actuators – Bar code Initialization error – Bar code • Bar code reader was initialized faultily • Re-initialize bar code reader with
reader service software or with service
card C (see section Initialize bar
code reader) Please contact EKF
support.
3135 PIC Actuators – Bar code Bar code interface was not It was tried to read a bar code without the
approved interface to the bar code being switched on.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-27
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3136 PIC Actuators – Bar code Bar code is too large for read It was tried to read a too long bar code. • Use bar codes with the correct
buffer format in accordance with
operator's manual.
3137 PIC Actuators – tray Motor voltage for the tray was It was tried to steer for the step motor without
not switched on duly switching on all required tensions.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3138 PIC Actuators – pivot arm Motor voltage for the pivot arm It was tried to steer for the step motor without
was not switched on duly switching on all required tensions.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3139 PIC Actuators - lifter Motor voltage for the lifter was It was tried to steer for the step motor without
not switched on duly switching on all required tensions.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3200 PIC Actuators - general Parameter value in message It was tried to pass invalid parameters to the
queue is wrong controller.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3201 PIC Actuators - general Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
overflowed further news at the moment.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3202 PIC Actuators - general An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-28
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

3203 PIC Actuators - general Order is not supported It was tried to carry out a command which is
presently. not supported. at the moment.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
3204 PIC Actuators - general An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
found within message queue found in the message queue.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

4200 PIC Container- / cup Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
recognition – general overflowed further news at the moment.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
4201 PIC Container- / cup An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
recognition – general was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
4202 PIC Container- / cup An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
recognition – general found within message queue found in the message queue.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

5100 PIC Temperature controller Cyclic sending is active It was tried to request data from the
– general temperature controller once more although
these are already sent.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-29
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

5101 PIC Temperature controller Heating for the pre-heater • Connectors contact faultily • Check plug connector/contacting
– pre-heater (crimp contacts are correctly
situated in the connector housing)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
• Heating faulty • Check heating (see section
Sensorblock – Check temperature
sensor / heating)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
5102 PIC Temperature controller Heating chip sensor 1 faulty • See error code 5101 • See error code 5101
– Chip sensor 1
5103 PIC Temperature controller Heating chip sensor 2 faulty • See error code 5101 • See error code 5101
– Chip sensor 2
5104 PIC Temperature controller reserved - -
– ambience
5105 PIC Temperature controller Temperature sensor for pre- • Ambient air-/ device temperature does • Operate device according to
– pre-heater heater open not correspond to the specifications specifications
• Connectors contact faultily • Check plug connector/contacting
(crimp contacts are correctly
situated in the connector housing)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
• Temperature sensor faulty • Check temperature sensor (see
section Sensor block – Check
temperature sensor / heating)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-30
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section

Change PCBA PIC)
5106 PIC Temperature controller Temperature sensor • See error code 5105 • See error code 5105
– Chip sensor 1 Chipsensor 1 open
5107 PIC Temperature controller Temperature sensor • See error code 5105 • See error code 5105
– Chip sensor 2 Chipsensor 2 open
5108 PIC Temperature controller Sensor for ambient air • Ambient air-/ device temperature does • Operate device according to
– ambience temperature open not correspond to the specifications specifications
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
5109 PIC Temperature controller Temperature sensor pre- • See error code 5105 • See error code 5105
– pre-heater heater is hot-wired
5110 PIC Temperature controller Temperature sensor chip • See error code 5105 • See error code 5105
– Chip sensor 1 sensor 1 is hot-wired
5111 PIC Temperature controller Temperature sensor chip • See error code 5105 • See error code 5105
– Chip sensor 2 sensor 2 is hot-wired
5112 PIC Temperature controller Sensor for ambient air • See error code 5108 • See error code 5108
– ambience temperature is hot-wired
5113 PIC Temperature controller Temperature chip sensor 1 too Temperature of the sensor is above the
– Chip sensor 1 high permitted operating temperature.
• Ambient air-/ device temperature does • Operate device according to
not correspond to the specifications specifications
• Connectors contact faultily • Check plug connector/contacting
(crimp contacts are correctly
situated in the connector housing)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
• Temperature sensor faulty • Check temperature sensor (see
section Sensor block – Check
temperature sensor / heating)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-31
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• Heating faulty • Check heating (see section

Sensorblock – Check temperature
sensor / heating)
• If necessary change sensor block
(see section Change sensor
block)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
5114 PIC Temperature controller Temperature chip sensor 2 too Temperature of the sensor is above the
– Chip sensor 2 high permitted operating temperature.
• See error code 5113 • See error code 5113
5115 PIC Temperature controller Timeout controller pre-heater The temperature could not be adjusted within
– pre-heater a particular time.
• See error code 5113 • See error code 5113
5116 PIC Temperature controller Timeout controller chip sensor The temperature could not be adjusted within
– Chip sensor 1 1 a particular time.
• See error code 5113 • See error code 5113
5117 PIC Temperature controller Timeout controller chip sensor The temperature could not be adjusted within
– Chip sensor 2 2 a particular time.
• See error code 5113 • See error code 5113
5118 PIC Temperature controller Timeout controller ambience The temperature could not be adjusted within
– ambience a particular time.
• Ambient air-/ device temperature does • Operate device according to
not correspond to the specifications specifications
• Cooler faulty • Change cooler (see section
Change cooler)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
5200 PIC Temperature controller Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
– general overflowed further news at the moment.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-32
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

5201 PIC Temperature controller An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
– general was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
5202 PIC Temperature controller An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
– general found within message queue found in the message queue.
Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

6200 PIC Command processor - Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
general overflowed further news at the moment.
Software error PIC or HMIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
6201 PIC Command processor - An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
general was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
6202 PIC Command processor - An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
general found within message queue found in the message queue.
Software error PIC or HMIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

7200 PIC Communication with Message queue has The message queue cannot process any
HMIC - general overflowed further news at the moment.
Software error PIC or HMIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-33
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

7201 PIC Communication with An unknown message type A message type which cannot be handled was
HMIC - general was found within message found in the message queue.
queue Software error PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
7202 PIC Communication with An unknown message was A message which cannot be handled was
HMIC - general found within message queue found in the message queue.
Softwarefehler PIC • Carry out a software update. (see
sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

10000 HMIC General The device is locked It was tried repeatedly to manipulate the
measuring credit of the device with invalid
prepaid-cards.
• Device / prepaid-cards were manipulated • Device can be unlocked by a
and device was locked less than 3 times service card C. Please contact
EKF support.
• Device / prepaid-cards were manipulated • Device can only be unlocked by
and device was locked 3 times EKF support
10010 HMIC Initialisation Default parameters were At least one parameter contains either no
loaded value or an invalid one.
• PIC was parameterised using the service • Set parameters on valid values
software or service card P. The using either the service software
parameterisation contained, however, an by writing headers or single ones
invalid value. or the service card P. Please
contact the EKF support.
• EEPROM faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
10011 HMIC Initialisation Version conflict of the The parameter stored in the EEPROM must
parameter table versions in correspond to the parameters supported by
ROM and EEPROM the program, otherwise this error is caused at
the system start.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-34
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• A new software version was installed, • Carry out the command "copy
however it was forgotten to adapt the parameter table in EEPROM"
parameter table versions between ROM using the service software for the
and EEPROM. PIC. (see section Service-
Software)
• EEPROM faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
10012 HMIC Initialisation CRC-error ROM The parameter memory of the device is
protected by a check sum, which is compared
with the investigated one at the start of the
system.
• A new software version was installed on • Carry out the command "generate
the PIC, however it was forgotten to CRC code for ROM" using the
generate a new check sum.. service software for the PIC. (see
section Service-Software)
• Flash-ROM faulty • Change PCBA HMIC (see section
Change PCBA HMIC)
10013 HMIC Initialisation Measured data memory • Software error HMIC • Carry out a software update. (see
inconsistent sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)

10020 HMIC Communication with PIC does not responce A command was sent to the PIC but no
PIC answer received within a particular time.
• Connector contacts faultily • Check plug connector/contacting
(crimp contacts are correctly
situated in the connector housing)
• Change connection cable PIC /
HMIC if necessary (see section
Change connection cable PIC /
HMIC)
• connection cable PIC / HMIC faulty • Change connection cable PIC /
HMIC(see section Change
connection cable PIC / HMIC)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-35
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

• PCBA PIC was changed and DIP-switch- • Check DIP-switsch-adjustments

adjustments of the circuit board are and revise if necessary (see
wrong section PIC – DIP-switch-
adjustment)
• PCBA PIC was changed and does not • Load software (see sections flash
contain software software M16 and flash software
Biosen flash)
• PCBA PIC faulty • Change PCBA PIC (see section
Change PCBA PIC)
• PCBA HMIC faulty • Change PCBA HMIC (see section
Change PCBA HMIC)
10021 HMIC Communication with The ID data of the attached • It was tried to communicate with a PIC • Carry out the command "Take on
PIC PIC are not known not paired with the HMIC. PIC ID data (wedding)" with the
service software for the HMIC.
(see section service-software)
10022 HMIC Communication with Interface versions of HMIC The version of the communication protocol
PIC and PIC are different between HMIC and PIC are not identically.
• Either the PCBA HMIC or PIC was • Carry out a software update with
exchanged or a new software version for HMIC and PIC compatible
was loaded. The software versions versions (see sections flash
contained in the PIC or HMIC are not software M16 and flash software
compatible to each other. Biosen flash)

10030 HMIC Smart - Card reserved -

10031 HMIC Smart - Card Access to Smart card was • The card was removed from the device • Leave the card in the device and
interrupted during an access. do not touch it during a
transaction
10032 HMIC Smart - Card Card type is not supported • The card could not be read or is not a • Use intact EKF-prepaid- or
valid. service-card C/P
10033 HMIC Smart - Card Identification for EKF Smart- • Although the used card can be read, • See error code 10032
cards not found however, it is no EKF-card

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-36
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

10034 HMIC Smart - Card Wrong Memory-Map version • Card version is not supported by the • Use an adequate EKF-card for
device this version. Please contact EKF
support.
10035 HMIC Smart - Card Card was manipulated • The card could not be authorized by the • Please contact EKF support
(serious error) device.
10036 HMIC Smart - Card The prepaid-card is not • It was tried to load the credit of the • Please use an EKF-prepaid-card
assigned to the device device with a card which is not designed which was finalized for this device.
available for this device.
10037 HMIC Smart - Card Copy of a card already used • The credit of the device was already • Please contact EKF support
(serious error) loaded with the original card
10038 HMIC Smart - Card The instruction set between - • Use compatible cards or carry out
device and service Card C software update HMIC. (see
are not compatible sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
Please contact EKF support
10039 HMIC Smart - Card Error at execution of the - • Please contact EKF support
command sequence
10040 HMIC Smart - Card Parameter table version - • Use compatible cards or carry out
between device and service software update HMIC. (see
card P is not compatible sections flash software M16 and
flash software Biosen flash)
Please contact EKF support
10041 HMIC Smart - Card Error at execution of the Patch - • Please contact EKF support

10050 HMIC Measuring credit Credit is used up - • Reload credit with EKF-prepaid-
card
10051 HMIC Measuring credit Credit is above the reloading It was tried to reload the credit of the device • So much measuring must be
limit before the upper reloading limit was fallen carried out till the reloading limit of
below target the device was fallen below target.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-37
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

Acoustic signals
1 HMIC Initialisation Write-/ read error in the • PCBA HMIC faulty • Change PCBA HMIC (see section
external RAM Change PCBA HMIC)
2 HMIC Initialisation LCD – Controller was not • see acoustic error code 1 • see acoustic error code 1
found
3 HMIC Initialisation Write-/ read error in the display • see acoustic error code 1 • see acoustic error code 1
memory
4 HMIC Initialisation Write-/ read error in the RTC • see acoustic error code 1 • see acoustic error code 1
User-RAM
5 HMIC Initialisation RTC does not work • see acoustic error code 1 • see acoustic error code 1

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 TR all Issue of document -
1.1.0 22.01.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 30.08.07 TM 34 revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 4.7-38
BIOSEN C_line
Troubleshooting of: 38

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly von: 2

5. Disassembly and assembly

5.0. Table of contents
5. Disassembly and assembly .................................................................................................................... 1
5.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
5.1. Upper case .................................................................................................................................... 5.1-1
5.1.1. Disassembly........................................................................................................................... 5.1-1
5.1.2. Assembly................................................................................................................................ 5.1-4
5.2. Exchange of Upper Case with Display and Touchscreen............................................................. 5.2-1
5.3. Exchange Case Cover .................................................................................................................. 5.3-1
5.4. Sensor Block ................................................................................................................................. 5.4-1
5.4.1. Complete Exchange............................................................................................................... 5.4-1
5.4.2. Exchange of Flow Cell ........................................................................................................... 5.4-6
5.4.3. Exchange of Spring Contact .................................................................................................. 5.4-9
5.5. Pump ............................................................................................................................................. 5.5-1
5.5.1. Complete Exchange of the Pump .......................................................................................... 5.5-1
5.5.2. Exchange Pump Wheel ......................................................................................................... 5.5-3
5.5.3. Exchange of Bolt Lever.......................................................................................................... 5.5-4
5.6. Change PIC-PCBA........................................................................................................................ 5.6-1
5.7. Exchange PCB-HMIC ................................................................................................................... 5.7-1
5.7.1. Disassembly........................................................................................................................... 5.7-1
5.7.2. Assembly................................................................................................................................ 5.7-2
5.8. Bar Code Reader .......................................................................................................................... 5.8-1
5.8.1. Exchange of Bar Code Reader .............................................................................................. 5.8-1
5.8.2. Exchange Bar Code Reader-Ribbon Cable........................................................................... 5.8-2
5.8.3. Exchange Bar Code Window ................................................................................................. 5.8-3
5.9. Exchange of Socket for Cup Recognition ..................................................................................... 5.9-1
5.9.1. Disassembly........................................................................................................................... 5.9-1
5.9.2. Assembly................................................................................................................................ 5.9-2
5.10. Exchange of Jar Holding ......................................................................................................... 5.10-1
5.10.1. Disassembly ..................................................................................................................... 5.10-1
5.10.2. Assembly of Jar Holding................................................................................................... 5.10-2
5.11. Exchange Mains Adapter ........................................................................................................ 5.11-1
5.11.1. Disassembly ..................................................................................................................... 5.11-1
5.11.2. Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 5.11-2
5.12. Exchange of the fan................................................................................................................. 5.12-1
5.12.1. Disassembly ..................................................................................................................... 5.12-1
5.12.2. Assembly .......................................................................................................................... 5.12-1
5.13. Sub-chassis ............................................................................................................................. 5.13-1
5.13.1. Disassemble of Sub-chassis ............................................................................................ 5.13-1
5.13.2. Assembly of Sub-chassis ................................................................................................. 5.13-3
5.13.3. Exchange of Sub-chassis................................................................................................. 5.13-8
5.14. Exchange of Unit Consisting of Lifter and Pivot Arm .............................................................. 5.14-1
5.15. Tray Unit .................................................................................................................................. 5.15-1
5.15.1. Exchange Tray Driver....................................................................................................... 5.15-1
5.15.2. Complete Exchange of Tray Unit ..................................................................................... 5.15-3
5.16. Encoder – Codewheel ............................................................................................................. 5.16-1
5.16.1. Exchange of Codewheel for Lifter .................................................................................... 5.16-1
5.16.2. Exchange of Codewheel for Pivot Arm ............................................................................ 5.16-3
5.16.3. Exchange of Codewheel for the tray ................................................................................ 5.16-5
5.20. Card Terminal .......................................................................................................................... 5.20-1
5.20.1. Exchange of Card Terminal.............................................................................................. 5.20-1
5.21. Tube System............................................................................................................................ 5.21-1
5.21.1. Exchange System Solution Supply - Exchanger Adit .................................................... 5.21-1
5.21.2. Exchange Cannula Outlet – Sensor Block ....................................................................... 5.21-4
5.21.3. Exchange Sensor block - Pump....................................................................................... 5.21-5
5.21.4. Exchange Pump - Waste.................................................................................................. 5.21-6
5.21.5. Exchange Connection Tube Jars ..................................................................................... 5.21-7

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5.1. Upper case

5.1.1. Disassembly

Work steps
No. Description
1 Emptying system (see operator's manual shutdown), remove bottles for system solution 1 and
waste 2 as well as all sample and special positions.

2 1 4

Fig. 1 Model Clinic with an opened bottle compartment lid

2 Separate device from power supply.

3 Remove sample tray 3 Fig. 1 (Model Sport and Clinic) or cup holding segment 2 (Model GP+) from
the holding. Fold up the pump lid 4 and remove pump tube (see operator's manual maintenance
parts pump tube).

Advise: This is inapplicable at device model GP!

4 Loosen the grub screw in the drive tray with an angled Allen key size 1.5 mm and lift it.

Advise: only model Sport and Clinic!

Fig. 2 Unfasten drive tray

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5 Remove tube 1 at the upper end of the pivot arm from the sample cannula, unfasten the screws 2
and remove the blank holder 3.

2
3

Fig. 3 Pivot arm with blank holder

6 Pull sample cannula upwards out carefully.

Attention! Risk of injury through tip of cannula

7 Turn pivot arm as far as it will go counterclockwise.
8 Put device on the side Fig. 17 and insert an Allen key size 3 mm (min 50 mm long) or similar tool if
possible with an levelled end into the opening within the guarantee seal 1 as far as it will go.
9 Let one hand at the Allen key and turn back the pivot arm approx. 1° clockwise so that the Allen key
lies centrically on the noticeable raising. Press the Allen key into the stop with pressure but without
force to unfasten the arrest of the pivot arm.
10 If the arrest is pressed in correctly, the pivot arm can be turned counterclockwise with an easy
pressure above the stop point. Turn the pivot arm out of about 10° over the stop position.

Attention! Turn the pivot arm no more than a quarter rotation out over the stop
11 Unfasten the six screws 2 Fig. 17 and set the device carefully up again.
12 Turn the pivot arm so that the lid of the bottle compartment can be opened as well. Open lid
backwards and turn the pivot arm counterclockwise in the 1 p.m. position.

Fig. 4 Pivot arm in 1 p.m.-position

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

13 Grab in the depressions at the pivot arm base behind the rubber ring with rounded tweezers or
similar tool. Lift it, so that the two semicircular plastic rings can be removed.

Fig. 5 rubber ring at the base of the pivot arm

14 Remove the upper case upwards. As this process is very tight, the device should be pressed
simultaneously downwards out of the upper case at suitable points (e.g. pivot arm axis, pump
wheel, intermediate wall -- bottle compartment) Thereby pay attention on tubes and do not cant..
15 Turn upper case carefully forwards. Fig. 18
16 Separate the binder 1 and disconnect plug connector 2 on the HMIC PCBA situated in the upper
case case.

Fig. 6 HMIC -PCBA

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5.1.2. Assembly

Work steps

No. Description
1 Turn the pivot arm in the 1 p.m. position (see dismantling upper case 7-10).
2 On the HMIC PCBA in the upper case is a black metal strip 1 the cable bridge. Unfasten these at
the two screws and thread a binder each through the openings indicated in Fig 7.2. Set up the
binder so that they have to be closed after the assembly of the cable bridge from above. Fasten
cable bridge with the two screws again.

Attention: It has to be worked with utmost care. Components of the PCBA may not be
destroyed under any circumstances. (Equipped inductors etc.)

4
3
1
2

Fig. 7 HMIC with cable bridge

3 Connect the four plug connectors 3 and 4 Fig 7 on the HMIC PCBA. The appropriate cables lead
from the device to the upper case and each of these cables fits exclusively in the plug connector
provided for this. The cable pairs of the plug connectors 3 and the plug connectors 4 are put
pairwise in the still open binders. Close binders.

Fig. 8 Plug connector on HMIC-PCBA

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

4 The cable conduit between device and upper case should look like Fig. 18. Flap upper case on the
device. Thereby thread the tube at the pivot arm through the little hole 1 besides the pivot arm
opening in the upper case. Under special caution the sample cannula 2 can be used as threading
help. For this put off the tube till the blunt end of the cannula. Put on the upper case, so that the
pivot arm slides centrically through the opening.

Fig. 9 Put on upper case with a threaded pivot arm cannula

Attention! Risk of injury at the cannula.

5 For kneeling of the upper case the cannelure are at the connections at the device's back 1 at the
base for the sample recognition 2 and at the intermediate wall of the bottle compartment 3. At
these positions the upper case must be put on exactly since otherwise it cannot be lowered.

1 2

Fig. 10 Cannelure at the back Fig. 11 Cannelure at the bottle compartment

Attention! Lower the upper case always only few millimeters and after this check all tubes
and cables on crushes and damages. Pull the tube to the sample cannula again and again
slight tightly. Put the lids for system solution and waste bottle in the opened lid of the bottle
compartment.
6 The upper case is lowered if the edge is flush with the bottom plate.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

7 Insert the cover ring (two black ones semicircular plastic parts) into the cannelure at the base of the
pivot arm and slip over the black rubber ring for the fixing.

Fig. 12 pivot arm with cover ring

8 Turn pivot arm clockwise till approx. 4 o'clock and insert the cannula from above careful through the
lifter and the exchanger.
9 Fasten blank holder with four screws on the lifter and if still not happen, put tube on to the end of
the cannula which juts out at the blank holder.

Fig. 13 assembled blank holder

10 Flap pump lid and install pump tube (see operator’s manual – maintenance parts – pump tube).
11 Turn the device upside down and screw in the screws 2 Fig. 17 first for all three to four turns and
tighten afterwards. Set up device normally again.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-7
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

12 Put the drive tray 1 on the tray axis 2 so that the grub screw 3 hits the place of the tray axis levelled
off centrically. Tighten grub screw and unfasten half a turn again. Raise the drive tray approximately
1 millimetre and tighten the grub screw. The drive tray may not make any grinding noises while
turning.

Advise: only model Sport and Clinic!

3 1

Fig. 14 Drawings drive tray Fig. 15 Tray axis

13 Insert the sample tray 3 (model Sport and Clinic) or the sample holders segment 2 (model GP+) in
the holding. Flap pump lid and install pump tube (see operator’s manual – maintenance parts –
pump tube). Open bottle lids 1 with the red marking and the long cannula on the bottle with system
solution. Open bottle lid 2 with the black marking and the short cannula on the waste bottle and
insert both bottles.

Advise: Point is dropped at device model GP!

1 4
2

Fig. 16 View: tray and bottle compartment

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-8
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

Figures and Drawings

Fig. 17 Bottom view

Fig. 18 opened device

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-9
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

Revision history
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 MS All Issue of document -
1.1.0 25.01.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 30.08.07 TM all Revision description pictures
1.3.0 09.10.09 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.1-10
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.2-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.2. Exchange of Upper Case with Display and Touchscreen

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly upper case).
2 Disassemble HMIC-PCBA (see exchange PCB HMIC – disassembly PCB HMIC).
3 If foam mate is still flexible it can be re-used. If not, replace it by a new one.
4 Insert foam mate into new upper case at display PCBA.

Fig. 1 foam mate

5 Assemble HMIC-PCBA (see exchange PCB HIMC – assembly PCB HMIC).

6 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case).

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 MS all document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.2-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.3-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.3. Exchange Case Cover

Work Steps
No. Description
1 On device’s back side, push shafts 1 of case cover 2 backwards as far as possible so that case
cover is ready for removal. Use a mandrel.

Advice: Do not grate the case during all work steps.

Fig. 1 case cover, back side

2 Attach new case cover to upper case.

3 Push case cover shafts back into shaft’s guide way via pliers so that they do not stick out.

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 MS all Issue of document -
1.1.0 25.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.3-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5.4. Sensor Block

5.4.1. Complete Exchange

5.4.1.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassembly upper case according to disassembly upper case
2 Remove cable tie 1, 2, according to Fig. 1
Loosen screw on cover plate 3, according to Fig.1
Loosen screw grounding canula 7, according to Fig.1
Remove connector 4, [J30, J31-only-2-canal], [J17, J18, J19-only-2-canal], 6, [J34]
according to Fig.1

1
4 7
5

3
2

Fig. 1 aerial view

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

3 Remove cover plate.

Desolder sensor cable 1, [J20-22-24-26-2] as well as 2, [J21-23-25-27-29-only-2-canal] according
to Fig.2.

Attention! Completely remove flux- and solder remainder.

Fig. 2 aerial view, without cover plate

4 Remove tubes 1 according to Fig.3. Use tube tweezers.

Loosen the two screws 2 of cannula holding according to Fig.3
Loosen wire 3 according to Fig.3
Loosen sensor block fastening, four screws on position 4, 5 in Fig. 3

2
4

Fig. 3 side view with sensor block and pump

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5 Take out sensor block. Carefully weave out grounding cannula with cannula holding 1 under tooth
belt for the pivot arm see Fig.4.

Attention! Do not damage or bend codewheel for pivot arm.

Fig. 4 Codewheel for pivot arm

6 Remove tube at sensor block coming from grounding cannula 1according to Fig.5. Use tube
tweezers. Screw off and demount cover plate for the sensor block 2 according to Fig.5
Remove waste tube 3 according to Fig.5. Use tube tweezers.

Fig. 5 Sensor block

7 Disassembly sensor block is finished.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5.4.1.2. Assembly
Work Steps
Nr. Description
1 Requirement: new sensor block with both tube pieces.
2 Assembly cover plate sensor 2 via screws according to disassembly sensor block Fig.5
Slide on tube end 1 to grounding cannula according to disassembly sensor block Fig.5. Use tube
tweezers.
3 Insert sensor block according to disassembly sensor block Fig.5. Carefully weave out cannula
holder under tooth belt for the swivel.

Attention! Do not bend codewheel. Do not damage codewheel divide, optical control.
4 During insertion of sensor block pump waste tube has not to be squeezed by sensor block. Pump
waste tube comes off black pump tube connection and goes right to jar holding.
Tighten the four screws 4, 5 according to disassembly sensor block Fig.3

Attention! Control: After sensor block’s assembly and fixing, pump waste tube 1 has to be
freely movable. See Fig.6.
Advice! Generally, a clamed tube has to be completely changed.

Fig. 6 Pump waste tube has to be freely movable

5 Screw on cannual holding via two screws 2 according to disassembly sensor block Fig.3
Fasten cover wire to position 7 according to disassembly sensor block Fig.1
6 Pass leads and fix cable tie according to disassembly sensor block Fig.1

Attention! Do not squeeze wires. Do not put a stress on the crimps.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

7 Contact connectors J17, J18, J19, J30, J31 according to Fig.7

J19
J18
J30
J17
J31

J34

Fig. 7 PIC PCBA

8 Solder sensor cable for canal 1, (AX) and optinal canal 2, (BX) according to Fig.8

Attention! Work very clean. No tin remainder. Few flux between soldering pads. If necessary
use spirit for cleaning.

B4
B5 B3

B2 A4
B1
A5 A3

A1
A2

Fig. 8 PIC-PCBA without cover plate

Legend Fig.8 : A(B)1 – sensor cable transparent, cover meshwork

A(B)2 – sensor cable white, cover meshwork
A(B)3 – sensor cable white, wire colour brown
A(B)4 – sensor cable white, wire colour white
A(B)5 – sensor cable transparent, wire colour transparent

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

9 Screw on cover plate , three screws 3 according to disassembly sensor block Fig.1
Fix cable tie 2 according to disassembly sensor block Fig.1 and contact connector J34 according
to Fig.7
10 Check the open device carefully regarding foreign substances, correct cable duct, contacted
connector and a complete mechanical free rotation of all actuators.
11 Assembly upper case according to assembly upper case.
12 Realise other work steps as described in balance/adjustment/tests chapter sensor block.

5.4.2. Exchange of Flow Cell

1 Disassembly upper case according to disassembly upper case.
2 Remove tubes 1 according Fig.9. Use tube tweezers.
Loosen the two screws 2 of grounding cannula holding according Fig.9
Loosen sensor block fastening, four screws at position 4, 5 in Fig.9

2
3

Fig. 9 side view with pump and sensor block

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-7
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

3 Carefully raise sensor block slightly angular 1 according Fig.10

Use approx. two turns to loosen screw 2 for right flow cell respect. Screw 3 for left flow cell. Do not
turn them out completely.

2
1

Fig. 10 Sensor block opened

4 Remove cell flow 1 via screwdriver according to Fig.11

Remove tubes pieces 2 which are eventually found on the preheater 3. See Fig.11

4
1
3

Fig. 11 remove flow cell

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-8
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5 Assemble new flow cell 1 completely with connection tube 2. See Fig.13

Fig. 12 flow cell Fig. 13 sied view flow cell

Press new flow cell into location hole with forward turned bevel. Before doing so sprinkle both
connection tubes inside and outside with system solution. Tubes has to slide over tube connections
3 during pressing. See Fig.11

Attention! Flow canal 5 Fig.11 has to be found accurately rectangular to the case side panel
4 Fig.11. Flow cell has to be pressed until mechanical block and to be fixed with the screw (2
resp. 3) at the same time. See Fig.10. The screw has to be only slightly tightened in order to
avoid a damage of the flow cell.
6 Advice! Never use twice an already installed flow cell.

Tube connections could be loose in a flow cell. This could cause leakages within the flow system.
6 During insertion of sensor block pump waste tube has not to be squeezed by sensor block. Pump
waste tube comes off black pump tube connection and goes right to jar holding.
Tighten the four screws 4, 5. See Fig.9

Attention! Control: After sensor block’s assembly and fixing, pump waste tube 1 has to be
freely movable. See Fig.14
Advice! Generally, a clamed tube has to be completely changed.

Fig. 14 Pump waste tube has to be freely movable

7 Screw on canula holding via two screws 2 according to Fig. 9

8 Assembly upper case according to assembly upper case.
9 Realise other work steps as described in balance/adjustment/tests chapter sensor block.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-9
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

5.4.3. Exchange of Spring Contact

No entry

Revision History

Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval

1.0.0 21.03.06 F.Aßmann all Issue of document -

1.1.0 25.01.07 TM all Revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.4-10
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 10

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.5-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.5. Pump

5.5.1. Complete Exchange of the Pump

5.5.1.1. Disassembly

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case.
2 Disassemble inside level.
3 Remove cable ties 1 to 4 as well as screws 5 and 7. Carefully loosen tubes remaining on the pump
via tweezers. Remove pump.

1
2

6
7

Fig. 1 inside level, bottom view

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.5-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.5.1.2. Assembly

1 Fasten pump to inside level with screws 5 to 7, Fig. 1. Thereby, cable tie holder 4 has to be put
below screw 5 and ribbed serrated washer below 6 and 7.

Advice: Cables 12 and 13, coming from the pump, have to be pulled through the hole above
screw 6!
2 Slightly moisten tube 8 and 9 and attach them to the pump’s canula connections.

Advice:

• Put tube, coming from sensor block 10, between bolt 6 and 7 from Fig. 1 and attach it to
the red canula connection 8
• Put tube, coming from the case inside 11, along pump. Put it between bolt 6 and 7. Attach
tube to the black canula connection 9. Then fasten hose clip.

11

8
10 9

Fig. 2 side view pump

3 Fix cable tie 1 to 4, Fig. 1 and related cables.

Advice:

• to cable tie 4 cable 12 and 13

• to cable tie 3 cable 9*, 12 and 13 (without cable tie holder!)
• to cable tie 2 cable 9*, 12, 13 and 14
• to cable tie 1 cable 6*, 9* and 12

4 Assemble inside level (see disassembly/ assembly assembly inside level).

5 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly assembly upper case).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.5-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.5.2. Exchange Pump Wheel

5.5.2.1. Disassembly

Work Step
No. Description
1 Unplug mains plug and open case cover.
2 Fold up pump-bolt lever. Hang pump tube out via tweezers.

Fig. 3 hang pump tube out

3 Carefully turn pump wheel by hand until a sidewise opening 1 will be visible. There is a threaded
pin in this opening. Loosen it by Allen wrench size 1.5 and pull off pump wheel upwards.

Fig. 4 opening at pump wheel

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.5-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.5.2.2. Assembly

Work Step
No. Description
1 Insert pump wheel. Thereby, threaded pin 1, Fig. 4, lays oppositely to flat edge of gear shaft
2 Tighten threaded pin and hang up pump tube via tweezers.

Advice: Single pump rollings do not have to touch pump case socket. There do not have to
be any sounds of grinding!
3 Fold down pump-bolt lever and case cover.

5.5.3. Exchange of Bolt Lever

5.5.3.1. Disassembly

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Unplug mains plug and fold up case cover.
2 Carefully push outward pump-bolt lever 1 on the side face 2 until its loosening from guide pin.

Fig. 5 remove bolt lever

3 Hook off other side face and remove bolt lever.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.5-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.5.3.2. Assembly

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Hang in bolt lever at guide pin on one side face. Slightly bend the other side face and hang it in at
the second pin.
2 Fold down pump-bolt lever and case cover.

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 28.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 22.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.5-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.6-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and assembly of: 6

5.6. Change PIC-PCBA

5.6.1.1. Removal of PIC- PCBA

Working steps
No. Description
1 Remove device upper case (see disassembly/assembly disassembly device upper case).
2 Release Allen screws to remove the shielding of the PIC- PCBA. Then un-solder sensor cables 1
und 2 and spacer bolts 3 to 5 which hold the shielding.

3
4

5
1

Fig. 1 Section of the PIC- PCBA with shielding Fig. 2 Section of the PIC-PCBA without shielding

3 Release screw 6.

Fig. 3 Release the screw

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.6-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and assembly of: 6

4 Pull out all connectors of the PIC-PCBA and tilt the device in pump direction until stands stable.

Attention! In case the device has one sensor-block only, there is a bridge in jack J31 which
must be removed as well.

Fig. 4 tilted device Abb. 5 Bridge for jack J31

5 Release screws 7 and 8 as shown in fig 11.

Advise: In case screw 8 is un-releasable place the device to normal stand and remove it
through opening 16 with an Allen key size 2.

16

Fig. 6 release screw 8 from the top

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.6-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and assembly of: 6

6 Place the device to normal stand. Push the nose of the black PVC spacer 9 with a screw-driver and
pull the PIC-PCBA out in top direction.

Attention! While putting back the device to normal stand avoid any damage of waste and
system solution cannula.

Fig. 7 PVC-spacer for PIC-PCBA

7 Take out the PIC-PCBA and release the still fixed bolts 10.

10

Fig. 8 Solder side of the removed PIC-PCBA

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.6-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and assembly of: 6

5.6.1.2. Built-in the PIC- PCBA

Working Steps
or. Description
1 Pull all cables with connectors into device front direction.
2 Insert bolts 10 (see Fig. 8) center it in the belonging bore-holes an tighten it. Re-insert the possibly
removed bridge (see Abb. 5) into J31.

Advise: The connector alignment is to be seen in the appendix (see appendix Assembly side
PIC-PCBA)!
3 Click the PIC-PCBA in place at the PVC- spacer (9), see Fig. 7, and shift the PCBA so that all
holes are in place directly on top of the spacer bolts of the bottom plate.
4 Release screw 6 (see Fig. 3) with inside tooth lock washer.
5 Tilt the device in pump direction until it stands stable and slightly tighten the screws 7 and 8 with
belonging inner serrated lock washers.
6 Insert bolts 3 to 5 for holding the shielding (see Fig. 2) into the belonging holes and tighten it.

Attention! Place the isolated cable holder 11 for bolt 3 (see Fig. 9 ) in 9 o’clock position and
for bolts 4 und 5 the inner serrated lock washer!
7 Tighten screws 7 and 8 (see Fig. 11) and place the device in normal position.

Attention! While putting back the device to normal stand avoid any damage of waste and
system solution cannula.
8 Tighten screw 6 (see Fig. 3). Put the sensor cables 1 and 2 into the isolated cable holder 11 (see
Fig. 9) and wind it through them to assure its tight sit. Afterwards solder the sensor cables to the
solder pads 12 und 13. The cable length is adjusted to the position of the pads. The alignment of
the cables to the pads is to bee seen in Fig. 10.

Attention! At one channel devices only one pair of cables leads to the pads.

white/
silicon
white brown

11
shield
12

13 shield

Fig. 9 Solder pads and cable holder Fig. 10 Detail drawing solder pads

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.6-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and assembly of: 6

9 Connect the still loose cables according to ist numbers with belonging jacks (see appendix
assembly side PIC-PCBA).

Advise:

•Place cable 8 below cable 2 and 5

•Pull cables 2 and 5 between J30 and J16
•Socket 1 of cup identification into J7; socket 2 of cup identification, if existing, into J11
•Insert fan cable into J37 and push it against the bottom, to avoid cable and fan may are in
contact
• Pass the mains cable below HMIC-connection cable and insert it into J32
• Push the bar code ribbon cable with its soldered end into J33 until stop
10 Tighten the shielding with its belonging, screws (see Fig. 1) ;provide the upper ones with outer
serrated lock washers and the others with inner serrated lock washers.
11 Assemble the upper case of the device (see disassembly/assembly upper case).
12 Flash the PIC and transfer the device-header see tools / Flash-Software M16, tools / service-
software.
13 Adjustment works see adjustment / adjustments / tests / tray -swivel - -device system

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.6-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and assembly of: 6

Figures and drawings

7 8

Fig. 11 Device from the bottom

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 22.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 22.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.7-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.7. Exchange PCB-HMIC

5.7.1. Disassembly

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case.
2 Unsolder black grounding cable 1 and pull off both ribbon cables 2.

Attention! Use angled shaped tweezers.

Fig. 1 HMIC-plate before disassembly

3 Remove all 6 screws for fastening and HMIC-PCBA as well as black cable bridge.

Attention! If foam mat is still flexible it can be re-used. If not, use a new one.

Fig. 2 foam mat under HMIC-PCBA

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.7-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.7.2. Assembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Lay HMIC-PCBA boreholes on case cover boreholes. Tighten related screws. Thereby, tighten
cable bridge below screw heads 3.

Attention: Do not damage plate components under any circumstances!

2 3

Fig. 3 assembly HMIC-PCBA

2 Slide on ribbon cable 2 to related connector until stop, Fig. 3. Use angle shaped tweezers. Tined
contact ends have to shown toward HMIC-PCBA. Solder grounding cable 1.
3 Assemble upper case.
4 Level HMIC flashen and device header, see Tools / Flash-Software M16, Tools / Service-Software.
5 Attention! Pay attention to accurate device number and model description.

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.8-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5.8. Bar Code Reader

5.8.1. Exchange of Bar Code Reader

5.8.1.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly upper case)
2 Slowly remove bar code reader-ribbon cable from connector 1 (J33) and from the sticky area 2 at
the mains adapter. Afterwards, loosen screws 3 and 4 and remove bar code reader.

2
1

Fig. 1 disassembly bar code reader Fig. 2 disassembled bar code reader

5.8.1.2. Assembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Attach bar code reader to related inside level boreholes by screws 3 and 4, Fig. 1, as well as
washer spring and washer.
2 Push bar code reader-ribbon cable into connector 1 (J33) until the stop Fig. 1. Tined contact ends
have to shown inside the device. Use angle-formed tweezers. Clean sticky area 2 with alcohol and
attach a piece of double sided sticky tape. Strongly press ribbon cable against mains adapter for
approx. 10 sec.
3 Adjust bar code reader. (see balance/adjustment/tests adjustment bar code reader)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.8-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5.8.2. Exchange Bar Code Reader-Ribbon Cable

5.8.2.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case.
2 Slowly remove bar code reader-ribbon cable from connector 1 (J33) and from the mains adapter’s
sticky area 2. Pull of the other end of ribbon cable from bar code reader via angle formed tweezers.
Thread is through ferrite 5. Remove ribbon cable.

2
1

Fig. 3 disassembly bar code reader-ribbon cable

5.8.2.2. Assembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Push bar code reader-ribbon cable into connector 1 (J33) until the stop Fig. 3. Tined contact ends
have to shown inside the device. Use angle-formed tweezers. Clean sticky area 2 with alcohol and
attach a piece of double sided sticky tape. Strongly press ribbon cable against mains adapter for
approx. 10 sec.
2 Thread the other ribbon cable end through ferrite 5 and slide it in the bar code reader until the stop.
Use angle tweezers. Tined contact areas have to shown towards ferrite.
3 Assemble upper case.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.8-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5.8.3. Exchange Bar Code Window

5.8.3.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case.
2 Remove silicone glue at guide way 6, Fig. 4 via scalpel. Pull out bar code window.

Fig. 4 disassembly of bar code window Fig. 5 disassembled bar code window

5.8.3.2. Assembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Slide bar code window in guide way 6, Fig. 4, until the stop. Fix upper end with silicon glue at upper
case.

Advice: Pay attention to drying up time for the silicon glue (see the package insert)!
2 Assemble upper case.

Revision History
Rev. date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.8-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.9-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.9. Exchange of Socket for Cup Recognition

5.9.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case.
2 Turn clockwise pivot arm until stop.
3 Cut through cable ties on cup recognition cable. Pull off related connectors from PIC-PCBA (see
appendix component side PIC-PCBA):

• Socket 1 belongs to connector J7

• Socket 2 belongs to connector J11

Attention! Socket 2 exists only for C_line GP+!

4 Pull off upwards socket 1 from bolt 2 in a vertical way.

Attention! Secure the device with one hand – socket could be very solid sticked to the bolt!

Fig. 1 pulled off socket 1

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.9-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.9.2. Assembly
Work Step
No. Description
1 Attach socket to related bolt 2, Fig. 1 and push it toward bottom plate in a vertical way.

Attention! Socket’s bottom line has to be on the same high as bolt plan!

Fig. 2 attach socket plan to bolt

2 Connect related connectors at PIC-PCBA (see appendix component side PIC-PCBA):

• Socket 1 belongs to connector J7

• Socket 2 belongs to connector J11

Attention! Socket 2 exists only for C_line GP+!

3 Fix lose cable via cable tie.
4 Assemble upper case.
5 Function control (see balance/adjustment/tests/ cup recognition)

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 24.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.10-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5.10. Exchange of Jar Holding

5.10.1. Disassembly
Work Step
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly upper case)
2 Carefully pull off tubes for system solution and waste 1 from capillaries via angle-formed tweezers.

Attention! Avoid squeezing of tubes! Thereby, try to push only on capillaries’ metal and
push tubes slowly forward!

Fig. 1 tubes for system solution and waste

3 Disassemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly sub-chassis)

4 Cut through cable ties 2.

Fig. 2 cut through cable tie

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.10-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5 Tipp device toward pump until a stable position and remove screws 3 Fig 4.
6 Carefully hammer against edge of the jar holding (as described in Fig. 3) until its loosening from the
bottom plate. Remove it.

Fig. 3 loosen jar holding from bottom plate

5.10.2. Assembly of Jar Holding

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Slide jar holding with milled slot on bottom plate so that screws for fastening 3 Fig 4 with ribbed
serrated washer can be centrically pushed through and tightened.

Advice! If the jar holding is difficult to position, carefully use the hammer’s width side.
2 Put device back to the normal position.

Attention! During putting back the device pay attention to the canulas for system solution
and waste. Avoid damages of these canulas!
3 Slightly moisten tubes for system solution and waste 1 Fig. 1 with system solution. Carefully push
tubes until side walls over capillaries.

Attention! Attach tube for system solution to the upper capillary, tube for waste to lower
capillary!
Necessarily, use tube tweezers. Do not damage tubes. Check it!
4 Push cable tie 2 through cable tie holder’s eyes and Fig. 2. fix cables coming from the jar holding.
Cut overlaying cable tie edges.
5 Attach connectors J2 and J5 to PIC-PCBA (see appendix component side PIC-PCBA)
6 Assemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly assembly sub-chassis).
7 Gehäuseoberschale montieren. (siehe Demontage/Montage Montage Gehäuseoberschale).
Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly assembly upper case)
8 Function control (see balance/ adjustment/ tests / fill level sensors)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.10-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

Figures and Drawings

Fig. 4 device, bottom view

Revision History
Rev. date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.10-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.11-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5.11. Exchange Mains Adapter

5.11.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly upper case).
2 Disassemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly sub-chassis).
3 Cut through cable tie 1 and pull off protective conductor cable (green/ yellow) from case-grounding
contact 2. Pull backward black protective cap of line filter via hand. Pull of cable sockets 4 from flat
connections via flat pliers.

3
1
5

Fig. 1 remove cable tie and protective conductor cable Fig. 2 pull off cable socket

4 Pull off quadripole power cord from connector J32 (see appendix component side PIC-PCBA).
5 Remove bar code reader-ribbon cable (see disassembly/ assembly bar code reader)
6 Tip device sidewise toward pump until a stable position.
7 Remove screws for fastening 6, Fig. 3 and remove mains adapter.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.11-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

5.11.2. Assembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Put screws for fastening 6 Fig.3 with V-ribbed serrated washer into corresponding boreholes.
Fasten mains adapter at it.
2 Put device back to the normal position

Attention! During putting back the device pay attention to the canulas for system solution
and waste. Avoid damages of these canulas!
3 Attach cable socket 4 to flat connection of line filter until stop, Fig. 2 .

Attention! Follow the indications given on the label and the following assignments:

• L – brown cable (left)

• PE – green/yellow cable (middle)
• N – blue cable (right)
4 Slide black protective cap as far as possible (approx. 2/3 of the lengths) over line filter.
5 Slide cable tie 1 Fig. 1 through holder and fix interface cables (parallel / serial) together with mains
cable on it.

Attention! Ferrite 5 Fig. 2 has to be between cable tie and mains adapter! The cable tie’s eye
does not have to be upturned so that the above motor will be not touched! Follow cable bow
so that hole 3 below case-grounding contact stays free, Fig. 1!
6 Fasten protective cable (green/ yellow) to case-grounding contact 2, Fig 1-
7 If bar code reader is available, assemble bar code reader-ribbon cable (see disassembly/ assembly
bar code reader)

Attention! If ribbon cable is damaged, use a new one!

8 Assemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly assembly sub-chassis)
9 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly assembly upper case)
10 Attention! Check electrical safety according to legal regulations – in particular device
leakage current and protective conductor transfer resistance.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.11-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

Figures and Drawings

Fig. 3 device, bottom view

Revisions History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 28.03.06 DZ all document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.11-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.12-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.12. Exchange of the fan

5.12.1. Disassembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly upper case)
2 Pull off connector J37 from PIC-PCBA (see appendix component side PIC-PCBA).
3 Tip the device toward pump until a stable position and remove screws from cooler grid 1, see Fig.2.

Fig. 1 tiped device

4 Remove cooler and grid.

5.12.2. Assembly
Work Steps
No. Description
1 Put screws 1, Fig. 2, with cooler into related boreholes.
2 Attach cooler to screws with type label toward bottom plate and with cable exit toward connector
J37 (see see appendix component side PIC-PCBA).
3 Tighten screw nut with washer and spring washer for cooler’s fastening.

Attention! Tighten screw nut only until its thread in order to avoid damages on the cooler!
4 Put device back to the normal position.

Attention! During putting back the device pay attention to the canulas for system solution
and waste. Avoid damages of these canulas!
5 Attach cooler cable to connector J37.
6 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly assembly upper case).
7 Function control – see balance/adjustment/tests.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.12-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

Figures and Drawings

Fig. 2 device, bottom view

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 DZ all Issue of document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.13. Sub-chassis

5.13.1. Disassemble of Sub-chassis

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly upper case)
2 Turn the device upside down and loosen screws 1 Fig. 13. Return the device to the normal and
loosen screws 2 and 3 Fig. 12. Detach connectors 4 Fig. 12 and 5 Fig.1. Loosen screws 6 Fig. 12
and remove cover plate 7 incl. cable.

Fig. 1 connector to sub-chassis

3 Desolder soldering pads 1 from wires and bend isolated cable holder 2 side wards. Pull out
carefully ribbon cable for the bar code scanner 3 via tweezers and thread it through the ferrite.

Fig. 2 removed cover plate Fig. 3 ribbon cable for the bar code scanner

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

4 Divide cable tie on side wall to jar holding 1 and pull off tubes 2. Loosen screws 3 on device back
side. Now, sub-chassis are ready for removal.

2 1

Fig. 4 side wall jar holding Fig. 5 device back side

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.13.2. Assembly of Sub-chassis

Work Step
No. Description
1 Connect connector J2 and J5. Position of connectors as in Fig. 14.
Carefully attach sub-chassis in the following way: sensor block is on the device back side and
precisely over the filter for supply voltage.
2 Thread ribbon cable for the bar code scanner 1 through the ferrite and connect it carefully to the bar
code reader via tweezers.

Fig. 6 bar code reader- ribbon cable

3 Connect remaining connectors

• J30 (twelve pole), for two sensor blocks J31 (ten pole ),
• J13, J14, J15, for variation Sport or Clinic J16,
• for variation GP+ J11,
• J7, for variation Sport or Clinic J8,
• J10, J6, J9, J12 (marking six is a 6* and nine a 9*)
• J4 and J3 – both only for variation Sport or Clinic
• J17, J18, J19 for two sensor blocks
For positions of connectors - see Fig. 14
4 Screw in the both screws 1 with serrated washers on the device back side. But do not tighten them
yet.

Fig. 7 device back side

5 Screw in screws with serrated washers 2 and 3 Fig. 12 but do not tighten them yet.
6 Turn device upside down. Screw in screws with serrated washers 1 Fig. 13 and tighten them.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

7 Return the device to the normal and tighten screws from work steps 4 and 5.
8 Insert screened wires of the sensor block into the isolated cable holder 2. Bend it inwards so that
cables are well fixed. Solder cables of the sensor block on to soldering pads 1. Cable length is
coordinated with the position of pads. For cable classification to soldering pads - see Fig.9.

Advice: There is only one cable pair conducted to the soldering pads for devices with only
one channel.

white/
silicon
e white brown

2 cover

cover
1

Fig. 8 soldering pads Fig. 9 detail drawing soldering pads

9 Fasten cover plate, with cable lying on it, on the three spacer bolts 1 via screws and serrated
washers. Connect the cable with connector J34. Connect connectors J17, J18 and for two
measuring channels J19. For position of connectors - see Fig. 14.

1 1

Fig. 10 soldered cables and spacer

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

10 Fasten cables with cable tie on cable tie holder at the side wall to the jar holding. Attach tube,
coming out below the sensor block, to the lower of both cannulas via hose clip. The upper cannula
is the cannula which sticks out from the jar holder’s side wall. Attach tube, coming directly from the
pivot arm, to the upper cannula.
2 1

Fig. 11 side wall jar holding

11 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

Figures and Drawings

7
2

Fig. 12 device, opened, top view

Fig. 13 device, bottom view

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-7
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

Fig. 14 connectors’ position

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Pages: 5.13-8
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.13.3. Exchange of Sub-chassis

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble sub-chassis (see disassembly sub-chassis).

2 Assemble sub-chassis (see assembly sub-chassis).

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 21.03.06 Schwerdtfeger all Issue of document -
1.1.0 25.01.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 30.07.07 TM 1 Change words

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.14. Exchange of Unit Consisting of Lifter and Pivot Arm

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)
2 Disassemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly sub-chassis)
3 After doing so, sub-chassis should be as prepared as in Fig.8.
4 Remove all cable ties 6 fixing the cable looms according to Fig. 8 and Fig. 9
5 Loosen screws for fastening 14 of holding plate (lifter motor). Afterwards, the complete drive can be
moved within the horizontal level and the unbent tooth belt 8 can be removed (see Fig. 9).

Advice: Screws for fastening should not be completely removed.

6 Disassemble cup recognition 7 from cup pins for disassembly of the unit consisting of lifter and
pivot arm 18.
7 Disassemble barcode reader 4 (see disassembly/ assembly barcode reader).
8 Firstly, disassemble encoder 3 (pivot arm) by loosening accordant screws. Bend encoder 3 only
sidewise without loosen the whole interconnection from cable loom.
9 Loosen set screws 11 on the bevel underneath the codewheel via hexagon socket wrench size
1.5mm.

Advice: Set screw has to be completely unscrewed. A socket wrench without ball button has
to be used in order to avoid a break away of set screw.

12 3

11

Fig. 1 side view motor( pivot arm)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

10 Loosen both screws 13 for fastening of holding plate (pivot motor). See Fig. 2. Afterwards, the
complete drive can be moved within the horizontal level.

Advice: Screws for fastening should not be completely removed.

11 At this stage, the tooth belt is unbent so that the codewheel 11 and bevel can be removed bottom-
up.

Advice: Encoder codewheels do not have to be grated.

12 Additionally, sensor block 1 has to be disassembled from sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly
sensor block)

Advice: Beforehand, canula holding 5 has to be disassembled!

Canula holding can be easily removed along with the sensor block.

9 13

5 3 5

Fig. 2 side view drive unit, schematical Fig. 3 side view, drive unit

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

13 At this stage, it is possible to start the disassembly of the unit consisting of lifter and pivot arm from
the sub-chassis. Firstly, remove the four socket screws 9 (see Fig. 5, Fig. 6)
14 Afterwards, loosen the four inside Allen screws 10. Use an Allen wrench size 2 with ball button.
See Fig.5, Fig. 6
15 When all fixed cables (from the bottom side) are loosen, the whole unit consisting of lifter and pivot
arm 18 can be removed bottom-up.

Advice: The lifter’s codewheel do not have to be grated during removal.

18

Fig. 4 unit consisting of lifter and pivot arm

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

16 For the assembly, insert the complete spare part to the sub-chassis’s cut-out. Motor for pivot arm
and motor holding plate have to be sufficiently pushed to the external flange.

Advice: Do not clamp any cables or tube ends!

10 10

9
15 9

Fig. 5 detailed view, screws for fastening (front view) Fig. 6 detailed view, screws for fastening (back view)

17 Firstly, alternately tighten screws for fastening 10 via Allen wrench with ball button size 2.

Advice: Bottom bearing flange of the unit consisting of lifter and pivot arm has to be bear on
the complete bearing surface at the sub-chassis!
18 Afterwards, assemble socket via screws for fastening 9. Avoid to flange the socket. For this, tighten
screws alternately.
19 Check if the ring of the canula unit grinds within the socket’s plastic ring by turning manually the
pivot arm.
In the case the canula unit is not centric there can be effected a socket adjustment by using
distance foil 15 (0.10mm). See Fig. 6.
20 When all steps did succeed assemble bevel along with codewheel at the step motor shaft.
Firstly, bring together codewheel and bevel. Set screw 11 has to be screwed in so that the set
screw’s end just extend into the inside borehole.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

21 Push driving motor (pivot arm) until inner stop 16. Thus bevel and codewheel can be pushed at the
disc shaft after threading them into the tooth belt. See Fig. 7.

16 17

Fig.7 drive level, drive motor for the pivot arm

22 Assemble encoder 3 (pivot arm). See Fig.8/ 2 chapter disassembly/ assembly encoder/ codewheel.

Advice: Realise adjustment of belt tension as described in balance/adjustment/tests.

23 Assemble sensor block 1 to sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly chapter sensor block)

Advice: Canula holding 5 together with grounding canula can be threaded under tooth belt
by turning the PVC base.
24 Assemble tooth belt 8 for lifter drive and loosen screws for fastening 13 holding plate (lifter motor).
Afterwards, the complete drive can be moved within the horizontal level and the unbent tooth belt 8
can be removed (see Fig. 9).

Advice: Screws for fastening should not be completely removed.

25 Following, assemble all remaining units as pictured in Fig. 7.
In detail:
• renew removed cables tie 6 Fig. 8, Fig. 9
• barcode reader 4 Fig. 8
• cup regognition 7 Fig. 8
26 Assemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly chapter assembly sub-chassis)
27 With this new functional unit a final adjustment has to be done because there could be differences
within measurements.
See balance/adjustment/tests.
28 Finally, assemble upper part for the housing (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly
upper part for the housing)
29 Check again tray and actuator adjustments after successful assembly of the complete device.
See balance/adjustment/tests.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

Fotos und Zeichnungen

6 1

Fig. 8 sub-chassis, top view

14 8

Fig. 9 sub-chassis, bottom view

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-7
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr all document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 21.04.09 TM 1,2 revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.14-8
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.15-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.15. Tray Unit

5.15.1. Exchange Tray Driver

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Advice: Only for version “Clinic” and “Sport”!

Verify that the unit consisting of lifter and pivot arm is not located above the sample tray. Otherwise,
turn this unit to the right.

Advice: Attention! If the unit consisting of lifter and pivot arm is not located on the right the
wiper can be twisted.
2 Lift the tray upward..
3 Loosen recessed set screw 1 at tray driver via Allen key size 1.5 mm. Now the tray driver can be
pulled upward.

Fig. 1 tray driver

4 Put on new tray driver at tray shaft. Turn tray driver until set screw reaches this side where milled
edge 2 is to be found on tray shaft.

Fig. 2 tray unit

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.15-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5 Tray driver has to be put on as deep as possible at tary shaft but without grinding on the case.
Tighten set screw not too strongly. Use Allen key size 1.5mm.

Advice: If set screw is too strongly tightened tray shaft and set screw can be damaged.
6 Put on tray. Thereby coupling pin 3 (on tray driver) has to catch the gap 4 (on tray bottom side).

Fig. 3 tray and tray driver

7 Turn tray without any sounds of grinding.

(See balance/adjustment/tests chapter tray.)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.15-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.15.2. Complete Exchange of Tray Unit

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Advice: Only for version “Clinic” and “Sport”!

Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly chapter disassembly/ assembly upper case)
2 Check if tray unit has to be completely change or only single elements.

Advice: Demounting of sub-chassis not necessary when exchanging codewheel, tooth belt
and synchronisation sensor.
Demounting of inside lever necessary when exchanging complete disc unit or encoder
(disc).
Attend to work step no. 7 when exchanging encoder (tray), codewheel, tooth belt and
sensor.
3 Now, the sub-chassis is ready for disassembly. (See disassembly/ assembly chapter demounting
sub-chassis)
4 Remove cable tie 1.

Fig. 4 bottom view sub-chassis

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.15-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5 Loose screws 3 of tray unit. Afterwards, tooth belt 4 can be removed from bevel 2.

2 4

Fig. 5 sub-chassis with disc unit

6 Take out tray unit bottom-up.

7 Check new tray unit.

6 8

Fig. 6 disc unit

Advice: Encoder (tray) 7 and sensor 8 have to assembled central to tray shaft 9. Adjustment
by loose particular screws.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.15-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

8 Firstly, connecting cable of encoder (tray) has to be threaded through insider level hole 10 in order
to assembly new tray unit.

10

11

Fig. 7 section: sub-chassis with tray unit

9 Put tooth belt 4 around bevel according to Fig.5. Afterwards, tighten screws 3. Check and adjust
belt tension. (See balance/adjustment/tests chapter belt tension.)

Advice: Do not clamp cable 11 during screwing. See Fig. 7

10 Carefully tighten the encoder’s (tray) connecting cable. Fix it according to Fig. 4. Use cable tie 1.

Advice: Do not pull of connecting cable at encoder (tray). Tooth belt does not have to be
ground at connecting cable.
11 Mounting sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly mounting sub-chassis)
12 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)
13 Parameterise tray position (see balance/adjustment/tests chapter tray)

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 TM alle document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.15-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.16-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.16. Encoder – Codewheel

5.16.1. Exchange of Codewheel for Lifter

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassembly upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)
2 Demount sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly demounting sub-chassis)
3 Take off tooth belt 1.

4
5

Fig. 1 bottom view sub-chassis

4 Lose set screw 2 via Allen wrench size 1.5mm. Now, tooth wheel 3 is ready for taking off.

6
8
7

10
2 10

3 9

Fig. 2 section: codewheel with tooth wheel Fig. 3 section: codewheel with tooth wheel

5 Remove cable tie 4 according to Fig.1 and disassemble encoder (lifter) by loosen screws 5.
6 Loose set screw 6 according to Fig. 2 via Allen wrench size 1.5mm. Now, codewheel 7 is ready for
taking off.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.16-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

7 Slide new codewheel to lifter shaft 9 according to Fig.2.

Advice: Carefully treat codewheels.

Even tiny damages are not allowed.
Lifter shaft has a milled edge on one side. This has to be found at the same side than set screw
hole 6 of the codewheel.
8 Assemble encoder (lifter) to lifter shaft (central) via screws 5 according to Fig.1.

Advice: Codewheel has to run through encoder slot 8.

9 Adjust codewheel.
Generally, codewheels have to be adjusted in the following way: Position of top side has to be located
between the half and the upper arm of encoder slot. Check, that wheels do not at all grind against the
upper arm. Spacing 10 is 0.4mm.

Advice: Do not use codewheels with a limit stop more than 0.5mm.
10 Tighten set screw 6 of codewheel according to Fig. 2 and fix it via varnish. Slide tooth wheel on lifter
shaft 9. Afterwards, tighten set screw 2 and fix it via varnish.

Advice: Lifter shaft has a milled edge on one side. This side and the set screw hole 2 have to be
on the same side of the codewheel.
11 Assemble tooth belt. First, tooth belt has to be placed around the bevel. Then, tooth belt can be winded
on tooth wheel.

Advice: Thereby, tooth wheel has to be possibly turned.

12 Maybe an adjustment of tooth belt tension is necessary according to balance/adjustment/test chapter
belt tension.
13 Assemble sub-chassis (see disassembly/ assembly mounting sub-chassis)
14 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.16-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.16.2. Exchange of Codewheel for Pivot Arm

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)
2 Disassemble encoder (pivot arm) by loosening screws 2.

Fig. 4 Encoder (pivot arm) with bar code reader

3 Loosen set screw at bevel under codewheel via Allen key size 1.5mm.

Advice: Set screw has to be completely twisted out.

4 Pull upward codewheel 1.

Advice: Thereby bevel with tooth belt has to be pushed downwards by tweezers.
5 Attach new codewheel. Now, screw in set screw but do not tighten it yet.

Advice: Carefully treat codewheels.

Even tiny damages are not allowed.
Disc shaft has a milled edge on one side. Milled edge and two set screw holes of bevel and
codewheel have to be found one upon the other.
6 Assemble encoder (pivot arm) to disc shaft (central) via screws 2.

Advice: Codewheel has to run through encoder slot 5.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.16-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

7 Adjust codewheel.

3 5 3

Fig. 5 side view engine( pivot arm) Fig. 6 detailed view adjustment space codewheel encoder

Generally, codewheels have to be adjusted in the following way: Position of top side has to be
located between the half and the upper arm of encoder slot. Check, that wheels do not at all grind
against the upper arm. Spacing 3 is 0.4mm.

Advice: Do not use codewheels with a limit stop more than 0.5mm.
8 Tighten set screw 4 of codewheel and fix it via varnish
10 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.16-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

5.16.3. Exchange of Codewheel for the tray

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Advice: Only for version “Clinic” and “Sport”!

Disassemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/assembly upper case)

2 Disassemble sensor 1 by loosening screws.

2 4

Fig. 7 tray unit

3 Disassemble encoder (tray) 2 by loosening screws.

4 Disassemble codewheel 3 by loosening set screws 5 at codewheel. Use Allen key size 1.5mm.
Take out codewheel bottom-up.

7 7
6

Fig. 8 side view tray unit Fig. 9 detailed view adjustment space codewheel encoder

5 Attach new codewheel to tray shaft 4.

Advice: Carefully treat codewheels.

Even tiny damages are not allowed.
Do not tighten set screws 5 at codewheel yet.
6 Fasten encoder (tray) 2. It has to be central to the tray axis 4.

Advice: Codewheel has to run through encoder slot 6.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.16-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 6

7 Adjust codewheel. Turn codewheel until set screw will be found on the side where milled edge is
located on the tray axis.

Generally, codewheels have to be adjusted in the following way: Position of top side has to be
located between the half and the upper arm of encoder slot. Check, that wheels do not at all grind
against the upper arm. Spacing 7 is 0.4mm (see Fig. 9).

Advice: Do not use codewheels with a limit stop more than 0.5mm.
8 Tighten set screw 5 of codewheel and fix it via varnish.
9 Fasten sensor 1. It has to be central to the tray axis.
10 Assemble upper case (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly/ assembly upper case)

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 15.03.06 TM all document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.20-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5.20. Card Terminal

5.20.1. Exchange of Card Terminal

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly upper case)
2 Disassemble PIC-PCBA (see disassembly PIC-PCBA)
3 Pull off rubber tape 1 from card terminal 2. Carefully remove card terminal fastened with double
sided sticky stripes. Carefully remove it on the front left edge 3 . Use slotted screwdriver. Repeat
the process on the front right edge.

3 2

Fig. 1 card terminal with sticky tape

4 There are two units of the card terminal – smart card access with 8 contacts 1 and adapter for
smart card access (black PVC) 2. Assembly aid 3 can be separately ordered. If only the adapter is
damaged – change it and continue with step 8.

Fig. 2 part of card terminal

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.20-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 2

5 If the smart card access is damaged – push it out of the adapter and cut through both cable ties 1.

Fig. 3 cable tie at card terminal

6 Attach a new pre-converted smart card access to the adapter and replace double sided sticky
stripes by new one.
7 Clean bottom plate with alcohol within the sticky stripe section. Faces have to be dust free and free
of grease. Remove protection film from adapter’s sticky stripes and put it at the accurate position via
assembly aid. Assembly aid has to be pushed until the stop on the bottom plate’s nose. Thus
ensure the accurate adapter position.

Fig. 4 assembly of card terminal via assembly aid

8 Press well on adapter and cover smart card contacts with rubber tape Fig. 1. Re-fasten cable with
two cable ties Fig. 3.
9 Assemble PIC-PCBA (see assemble PCB PIC)
10 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case)
11 Function control by suitable patch card.

Revision History
Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 28.03.06 MS all document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-1
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.21. Tube System

5.21.1. Exchange System Solution Supply - Exchanger Adit

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Assemble upper case (see disassembly upper case)
2 Unscrew set screw 4, Fig. 1. Then, unscrew behind lying spigot screw thread pin.

4
5
3
1 2

Fig. 1 pivot arm fastening

Attention! Do not loosen slotted nut of guide shaft at canula holder!

3 Pull of tube 2 (see tube plan) from the upper canula angle 1 Fig. 1 on the side wall. Use tweezers
typ_3.
4 Turn exchanger on the tube approx. 60° forward unti l canula and side wall edge of exchanger holder
are 90°. Push out forward exchanger on the canula.

Fig. 2 removal of exchanger

4 Lift exchange holder and inwards weave out tube 2 from the socket.
5 Counter clockwise turn off canula pick-up unit from the socket.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-2
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

6 Loosen three Allen screws 4 Fig. 3 at stainless steel ring 5 Fig. 3. Push upwards exchanger holder
6 Fig. 3.

5
2

3
4

Fig. 3 exchanger unit

8 Pull off tube from exchanger canula.

9 Slide shorter tube end on exchanger canula (tube end to stopper, stopper accords 2, Fig. 3).
10 Push exchanger in exchanger holder (flatten side ahead).
11 Thread tube to borehole 3 Fig. 3 of stainless steel ring until stopper is completely insert.
12 Attach stainless steel ring to assembly aid canula unit and tighten it via spigot screw thread pin.
13 Attach exchanger holder to assembly aid canula unit.

Advice: Assembly aid has to be used. Otherwise movable parts of canula unit could be
canted during later operation.
14 Insert tube into tube channel 1 Fig. 3 at exchanger holder. Tighten stainless steel ring at exchanger
holder via three Allen screws. Remove assembly aid.
15 Screw canula pick-up unit into duct 5 (10 turns) Fig. 1.

Advice: Tie up canula holder and exchanger holder via tube.

16 Thread tube through tube clip 2 from the socket’s inside via tweezers. Attach it to upper jar holding
canula.

Attention! Tube has to be placed in the socket (sensor block distant space) in front of the
duct. Do not place it around the duct.
17 Screw spigot screw thread pin into the duct’s borehole 3 Fig 1 and save it via set screw.
18 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-3
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

Figures and Drawings

7 1 5

4
6

Fig. 4 tube plan C-Line

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-4
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.21.2. Exchange Cannula Outlet – Sensor Block

Work Steps
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly upper aprt for the housing).
2 Unscrew grounding canula holder 2 Fig. 5 and grounding conductor from the socket 1 Fig. 5.

Fig. 5 grounding canula

3 Loosen four screws for fastening from sensor block (see disassembly sensor block). Lift sensor
block.
4 Unscrew cover plate.
5 Pull off tube 4 1 Fig. 6 from sensor block and from grounding canula.

Fig. 6 Sensor block opened

6 Attach new tube 4 firstly to grounding canula, then to sensor block.

Advice: Push grounding canula only to sensor block (do not push it through). Attach tube 4
to sensor block.
7 Reassemble sensor block (see assembly sensor block).

Advice: Reassemble cover plate!

8 Screw on grounding canula and grounding conductor to the socket.
9 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-5
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.21.3. Exchange Sensor block - Pump

Work Step
No. Description
1 Disassemble upper case (see disassembly upper case).
2 Loosen four screws for fastening from sensor block (see disassembly sensor block).
3 Pull off tube 5 1 Fig. 7 from red pump connection.

1 2

Fig. 7 pump connections

4 It is sufficient to remove sensor block upwards. Disassemble cover plate in order to change
connection tube. Pull off tube 5 from sensor block.
5 Firstly attach new tube to sensor block, then to pump.

Advice: Reassemble cover plate!

6 Assemble sensor block (see assemble sensor block).
7 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-6
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.21.4. Exchange Pump - Waste

Work Step
No. Description
1 Disassembly upper case (see disassembly upper case).
2 Possibly disassemble sensor block (see diasassembly sensor block)
3 Pull off tube 2 Fig. 8 from black pump connection and lower jar holding canula (both tube ends are
locked by a hose clip).

1 2

Fig. 8 pump connections

Advice: If possible, connect new and old tube with a special threading aid. Run new tube into
the case during pulling out old tube. Thereby, disassembly sensor block is not necessary!
4 Attach new tube to pump connection and lower jar holding canula. Fix it with hose clips on both
sides. Press together hose clips via blunt edge cutter.
5 Possibly assemble sensor block (see assembly sensor block).
6 Assemble upper case (see assembly upper case).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-7
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

5.21.5. Exchange Connection Tube Jars

Work Step
No. Description
1 Pull off tubes from side wall canulas in the jar holding.
2 Firstly, attach waste tube (jar cap with short and black jar canula) to the lower side wall canula.
Then, attach system solution tube (jar cap with long and red jar canula) to the upper side wall
canula.
3 Turn jar cap on the new filled jar.

Revision History

Rev. Date By Pages Description Approval

1.0.0 21.03.06 Gr all Issue of document -
1.1.0 24.01.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 5.21-8
BIOSEN C_line
Disassembly and Assembly of: 8

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 2

6. Adjustment / Check
6.0. Table of contents
6. Adjustment / Check................................................................................................................................. 1
6.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
6.1. Tooth belt ...................................................................................................................................... 6.1-1
6.1.1. Tooth belt sample tray adjusting ............................................................................................ 6.1-1
6.1.2. Tooth belt pivot arm adjusting................................................................................................ 6.1-1
6.1.3. Tooth belt lifter adjusting........................................................................................................ 6.1-2
6.2. Test tube recognition sample tray ................................................................................................. 6.2-1
6.2.1. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.2-1
6.2.2. Cleaning ................................................................................................................................. 6.2-2
6.3. Barcode Reader ............................................................................................................................ 6.3-1
6.3.1. Initialising / Parametering....................................................................................................... 6.3-1
6.3.2. Adjusting (C_line Clinic / Sport) ............................................................................................. 6.3-1
6.3.3. Adjusting (C_line GP) ............................................................................................................ 6.3-3
6.3.4. Testing ................................................................................................................................... 6.3-4
6.4. Sample tray ................................................................................................................................... 6.4-1
6.4.1. Adjusting ................................................................................................................................ 6.4-1
6.4.2. Parametering.......................................................................................................................... 6.4-3
6.4.3. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.4-4
6.5. Pivot arm ....................................................................................................................................... 6.5-1
6.5.1. Parametering.......................................................................................................................... 6.5-1
6.5.2. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.5-3
6.6. Lifter .............................................................................................................................................. 6.6-1
6.6.1. Parametering.......................................................................................................................... 6.6-1
6.6.2. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.6-2
6.7. Pump ............................................................................................................................................. 6.7-1
6.7.1. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.7-1
6.8. Test tube handling segment 1 and 2............................................................................................. 6.8-1
6.8.1. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.8-1
6.8.2. Cleaning ................................................................................................................................. 6.8-2
6.9. Sensors for fill level ....................................................................................................................... 6.9-1
6.9.1. Test ........................................................................................................................................ 6.9-1
6.9.2. Cleaning ................................................................................................................................. 6.9-2
6.10. Sensor block ............................................................................................................................ 6.10-1
6.10.1. Check sensor voltage....................................................................................................... 6.10-1
6.10.2. Sensor recognition check ................................................................................................. 6.10-1
6.10.3. Sensor for temperature / Heating check .......................................................................... 6.10-2
6.11. Function test of cooler ............................................................................................................. 6.11-1
6.12. Functional test power supply ................................................................................................... 6.12-1
6.12.1. Checking of voltages ........................................................................................................ 6.12-1
6.12.2. Checking and changing of fuses ...................................................................................... 6.12-3
6.13. Functional test of board PIC .................................................................................................... 6.13-1
6.13.1. Checking of voltages ........................................................................................................ 6.13-1
6.14. Functional test of card board HMIC......................................................................................... 6.14-1
6.14.1. Check of voltages ............................................................................................................. 6.14-1
6.15. Flow system............................................................................................................................. 6.15-1
6.15.1. Description........................................................................................................................ 6.15-1
6.15.2. Checking flow system....................................................................................................... 6.15-2
6.16. Functional Test Printer ............................................................................................................ 6.16-1
6.16.1. Serial Printer..................................................................................................................... 6.16-1
6.16.2. Parallel Printer .................................................................................................................. 6.16-1
6.17. Functional test EDP - Interface................................................................................................ 6.17-1
6.17.1. Checking of EDP-settings ................................................................................................ 6.17-1
6.17.2. Communication test.......................................................................................................... 6.17-2
6.18. Functional test of card terminal ............................................................................................... 6.18-1
6.19. Total System............................................................................................................................ 6.19-1

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 2

6.19.1. Definitions......................................................................................................................... 6.19-1

6.19.2. Simple Check of Total System ......................................................................................... 6.19-2
6.19.3. Determination of precision................................................................................................ 6.19-3
6.19.4. Determination of accuracy................................................................................................ 6.19-4
6.19.5. Determination of linearity.................................................................................................. 6.19-4
6.19.6. Further steps of checking ................................................................................................. 6.19-5

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.1. Tooth belt

6.1.1. Tooth belt sample tray adjusting

Working steps
No. Description
Attention! Prerequisite for this paragraph is an open and electrical ready for work device.
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Open tab „Actuators“
6 Carry out command „Enable all motors“
7 Check belt tightness

Belt tightness could be checked using pressure on shown pressure point 3 in Fig. 1. Pressure point
is located in the middle between each tooth wheels. The tightness of tooth belt is optimal adjusted if
following criteria will be fulfilled:
• Tooth belt is well tighten
• Disc shaft is vertical
• Fitted disc driver has no tolerance when motor power is switched on
8 If tightness of belt is not corresponding to requirements it could be slightly unscrewed screws 2 and
motor mounting could be moved in direction of arrow.
9 Tight screws
10 Check tightness of belt again
11 Carry out command „Disable all motors“
12 Close command dialog
13 Select HMIC
14 Leave service modus
15 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

6.1.2. Tooth belt pivot arm adjusting

Working steps
No. Description
Attention! Prerequisite for this paragraph is an open and electrical ready for work device.
For reaching the screws of motor mounting has to be disassembled the barcode reader (see
chapter Disassembling / Assembling - Barcode Reader) and removed the fastening of
sensor blocks (see Disassembling / Assembling – Sensor Block)
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Open tab „Actuators“
6 Carry out command „Enable all motors“

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

7 Check tightness of belt

Belt tightness could be checked using pressure on shown pressure point 3 in Fig. 2. Pressure point
is located in the middle between each tooth wheels. The tightness of tooth belt is optimal adjusted if
following criteria will be fulfilled:
• Tooth belt is slightly tighten
• pivot arm has around ½ mm tolerance
8 If tightness of belt is not corresponding to requirements it could be slightly unscrewed screws 2 and
motor mounting could be moved in direction of arrow.
9 Tight screws
10 Check tightness of belt again
11 Carry out command „Disable all motors“
12 Close command dialog
13 Select HMIC
14 Leave service modus
15 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

6.1.3. Tooth belt lifter adjusting

Working steps
No. Description
Attention! Prerequisite for this paragraph is an open and electrical ready for work device.
For reaching the tooth belt of lifter has to disassembled the sub-chassis (see Disassembling
/ Assembling – Sub-chassis)
1 Check tightness of belt

Belt tightness could be checked using pressure on shown pressure point 3 in Fig. 3. Pressure point
is located in the middle between each tooth wheels. The tightness of tooth belt is optimal adjusted if
following criteria will be fulfilled:
• Tooth belt is slightly tighten and can be moved around 5 mm when is pressured on pressure
point
2 If tightness of belt is not corresponding to requirements it could be slightly unscrewed screws 2 and
motor mounting could be moved in direction of arrow.
3 Tight screws
4 Check tightness of belt again

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.1-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

Figures and drawings

1
2 1

2
3

Fig. 1 Tooth belt sample tray Fig. 2 Tooth belt pivot arm

2 3

Fig. 3 Tooth belt lifter

(1) Tooth belt

(2) Location of screws of motor mounting
(3) Pressure point for checking tightness of tooth belt

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 27.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.1-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.2-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.2. Test tube recognition sample tray

6.2.1. Test

Working steps
Nr. Description
Attention! This check is valid only for devices application with sample tray (Clinic, Sport).
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Carry out command „Power on all optic sensors “ under tab „Actuator“
6 Carry out command „Send status of the test tube recognition (sample tray) “
7 Put reaction test tube in any position on sample tray
8 Move reaction test tube along the test tube recognition
9 Move reaction test tube along the test tube recognition several times referring Fig. 1 and check
reaction in data window of service software. Displayed information „Recognized“ must change from
0 to 1 if reaction test tube is in front of test tube recognition 1.

Fig. 1 Test tube recognition sample tray

Attention! The micro test tube detection system has a response time of about 1s.
10 Finish command and close command dialog
11 Select HMIC
12 Leave service modus
13 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.2-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.2.2. Cleaning

Working steps
Nr. Description
1 Contaminations will be removed on glass front 1 referring Fig. 2 with cotton bud slightly dipped in
alcohol

Fig. 2 Cleaning of test tube recognition sample tray

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 22.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.3-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.3. Barcode Reader

6.3.1. Initialising / Parametering

Working steps
No. Description
Advice! This paragraph is reliable communication test with barcode reader. Stored
parameter in PIC will be transferred to reader. It is not necessary to change parameter
manually. This step is not necessary to do, because barcode reader will be initialized
automatically with each cold start.
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Open tab „Barcode“
5 Carry out command „Power on the barcode module “
6 Carry out command „Initialize the barcode module “
7 Carry out command „Power off the barcode module “
8 Close command dialog
9 Select HMIC
10 Leave service modus
11 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

6.3.2. Adjusting (C_line Clinic / Sport)

Working steps
No. Description
Attention! Prerequisite for this paragraph is an open and electrical ready for work device.
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Open tab „Actuators“
6 Carry out command „Power on all optic sensors”
7 Carry out command „Enable all motors “
8 Carry out command „Synchronize all mechanic actuators “
9 Carry out command „Sample Tray (basic synchronize)“
10 Carry out command „Move the pivot arm to the synchronize position “
11 Put reaction cup with barcode label into position 1 (Clinic) or position STD1 (Sport) of sample tray
referring operation manual.

Attention! Position STD1 for device model Sport is used only for adjustment. In measuring
modus this position could not be used with barcode label.
12 Carry out command „Move to the next sample tray position (placement independent)“
13 Carry out command „Move to the Barcode read position“
14 Open tab „Barcode“
15 Carry out command „Power on the barcode module “

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.3-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

16 Carry out command „Read a barcode “

Attention! During this working step should be definite current alignment of laser. The target
is to adjust laser in a way that it light meets reaction cup slightly eccentric 4, see Fig. 1 in
direction of the pivot arm.
17 Read barcode in service-software under „Data“
18 If alignment of laser is not correct screws 3 referring Fehler! Verweisquelle konnte nicht
gefunden werden. have to be unscrewed in a way that barcode reader could be turned. The swivel
can be turned from synchronisation position manually for a better handling.

4 1
2

Fig. 1 Adjustment of barcode reader for models Clinic / Sport

(1) Barcode reader

(2) Laser light
(3) Screws
(4) slightly eccentric aiming point
19 Carry out alternately command „Read a barcode“ and barcode reader turn until wished alignment is
reached.
20 Tight screws 3
21 Check alignment of Barcode reader again carry out command „Read a barcode“.
22 Carry out command „Power off the barcode module “
23 Open tab „Actuators“
24 Carry out command „Sample Tray (basic synchronize)“
25 Carry out command „Move the pivot arm to the synchronize position “
26 Carry out command „Power off all optic sensors “
27 Close command dialog
28 Select HMIC
29 Leave service modus
30 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.3-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.3.3. Adjusting (C_line GP)

Working steps

No. Description
Attention! Prerequisite for this paragraph is an open and electrical ready for work device.
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Put reaction cup with barcode label into position P of cup handling segment 1 referring operation
manual
6 Open tab „Barcode“
7 Carry out command „Power on the barcode module “
8 Carry out command „Read a barcode“

Attention! During this working step should be definite current alignment of laser. The target
is to adjust laser in a way that it light meets reaction cup slightly eccentric 4, see Fig. 1 in
direction of the pivot arm.
9 Read barcode in service-software under „Data“
10 If alignment of laser is not correct screws have to be unscrewed in a way that barcode reader could
be turned.
11 Carry out alternately command „Read a barcode“ and barcode reader turn until wished alignment is
reached.
12 Tight screws
13 Check alignment of barcode reader again carry out command „Read a barcode“.
14 Carry out command „Power off the barcode module “
15 Close command dialog
16 Select HMIC
17 Leave service modus
18 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.3-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.3.4. Testing

Working steps

No. Description
Advice! If device is in ready for measurement or in Standby modus it is not necessary to
carry out following steps. Alternative could be carried out test of barcode via device menu.
(see operation manual)
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 If sample tray is available turn it in front of laser window of barcode reader
6 Open tab „Barcode“
7 Carry out command „Power on the barcode module “
8 Carry out command „Read a barcode“
9 Read barcode in service-software under „Data“.
10 Carry out command „Power off the barcode module “
11 Close command dialog
12 Select HMIC
13 Leave service modus
14 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 22.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 25.09.07 TM 2,3 revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.4-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.4. Sample tray

6.4.1. Adjusting

Working Steps
No. Description
1 Take off tray driver with Hexagon screw driver 4 referring Fig. 1 until tray driver 1 can be moved
vertically.

3 4
2
1 5

1 2

Fig. 1 Adjustment in height of tray driver Fig. 2 Tray driver from top

(1) tray driver (1) Coupling pin

(2) Coupling pin damper (2) Damper
(3) Drive shaft for tray
(4) Hexagon screw driver
(5) tray support

Advice! In this stadium tray driver could be taken off totally from drive shaft for tray 3 if
necessary to check synchronisation shaft on lower side. Fitting tray driver back to drive
shaft for tray has to be take into account that screw for tray driver should be positioned
vertically to flattened side of drive shaft for tray.

Please check availability and condition of damper on coupling pin made of soft plastic.
Damper is necessary to minimized noises of tray and realise free space between sample tray
and coupling pin. It is an important part. If necessary change the wear out damper or fit the
missing one.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.4-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

2 1 2 1

Fig. 3 Height control of test tube handling segment 1 Fig. 4 Height control of sample tray

(1) Wiper
(2) micro test tubes

Height of sample tray should be adjusted referring Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 in a way that micro test tubes 2
are on the same height. The lowest side of wiper 1 should have same distance to lids of micro test
tubes in test tube handling segment 1 and sample tray.

Attention! During adjustment of height you have to check that sample tray is mowing free
and not grinding on device case on tray support 5 referring Fig. 1.
3 After successful adjustment of height tray driver could be fasten with Hexagon screw driver.
4 Additional control of height with tray to assure that height is not readjusted during the fasten of
screw of tray driver.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.4-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.4.2. Parametering

Working Steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device for connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open parameter dialog and go to page with tray parameters
5 Modify parameters. Which parameters could be changed and how these are effected is shown in
Fig. 5.

Single parameters should be adjusted as follows:

1. Standby position
Standby position 1 will be reached after synchronisation sequent from synchronisation position 2.
Definite position of synchronisation position has tolerance based on manufacturing. Standby
position should be adjusted with parameter „Offset starting from Synchronisation“ (4) in the way that
printing of sample position 1 is readable from user position without gradient. Parameter can get
negative and positive values. Negative values work clockwise, positive values work against
clockwise.

Attention! Following described parameters depends each on other. Will be modified one
parameter, it influences to the follow positions against clock wise, it means that the follow
parameters have to be adapted too.

For adjustment of single parameters should be taken into account the so called puncture
picture (see Fig. 6). Each sample position has to have 2 puncture points, which have to be
found in membrane area of micro test tube. Base on positioning of puncture points could be
done Parametering of pivot arm. Parametering of sample tray should be done in a way that
puncture points are positioned in rotation direction of sample tray centralised in membrane
area of micro test tubes.

2. Position 1
This position is definite via parameter „Position 1 (outer sample tray ring)“ (5). This parameter has
to be selected in a way that the middle / centre of membrane area 1 of micro test tube referring Fig.
6 of position 1 (Clinic) and position Std1 (Sport) will be met.

Advice! Definition „outer sample tray ring“ is important only for devices type BIOSEN S_line
and has not sense for devices type BIOSEN C_line having only one ring on tray.

3. Offset puncture – taking sample

Parameter „Offset between puncturing and taking the sample“ (6) has only rudimental function,
because offset from puncture up to taking sample will be done only with pivot arm. General this
parameter is necessary for moving to each following position of sample tray and should have
similar value as correspondence value of pivot arm (see paragraph Parametering of pivot arm).

4. Next position
Parameter „Next position (outer sample tray ring)“ (7) definite for each following position of sample
tray distance between Offset under 3. and the middle of membrane area 1 referring Fig. 6 of
following position.
6 Close parameter dialog with OK for saving changes. Close parameter dialog with Cancel for not
saving changes.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.4-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

7 Select HMIC
8 Leave service modus
9 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

6.4.3. Test

Working steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Select Tab „Actuators“
6 Carry out command „Power on all optic sensors “
7 Carry out command „Enable all motors “
8 Carry out command „Synchronize sample tray“

Standby position should be adjusted with parameter „Offset starting from the synchronize
position “ (4) in the way that printing of sample position 1 is readable from user position
without gradient.
9 Carry out command „Move to the next sample tray position (placement independent) “

Attention! Sample tray has to be adjusted in a way that sample needle is positioned over the
middle of membrane area 1 referring Fig. 6 of micro test tube. If necessary adjust it again.
10 Repeat command „Move to the next sample tray position (placement independent)” until last
position is reached
11 Carry out command „Sample Tray (basic synchronize)”
12 Carry out command „Disable all motors “
13 Close command dialog
14 Select HMIC
15 Leave service modus
16 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.4-5
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

Figurer and Drawings

1 4
6 2

5
7

Fig. 5 Parametering of sample tray

(1) Standby position

(2) Synchronisation position
(3) Measuring position
(4) Parameter „Offset starting from the synchronize position“
(5) Parameter „Position 1 (outer sample tray ring) “
(6) Parameter „Offset between puncturing and taking the sample (outer sample tray ring)“
(7) Parameter „Offset between outer and inner sample tray ring “

3 2

Fig. 6 Puncture picture of micro test tube(for example C_line Clinic sample tray)

(1) Membrane area of micro test tube

(2) Area for puncture (ventilation)
(3) Area for taking sample

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 22.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision
1.2.0 30.08.07 TM 1,2,3 Change disc in tray

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.4-6
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.5-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.5. Pivot arm

6.5.1. Parametering

Working Steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open parameter dialog and go to page with pivot arm parameter

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.5-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

5 Modify parameters. Which parameters could be changed and how these are effected is shown in
Fig. 1 and Fig. 2.

Single parameters should be adjusted as follows:

1. Standby position
Standby position 4 will be reached after synchronisation sequent from synchronisation position 3.
Definite position of synchronisation position has tolerance based on manufacturing. Standby
position should be adjusted with parameter „Offset starting from the synchronize position “ (5) in the
way that pivot arm will move from sample position as much as possible, but not reaching
mechanical limit. Parameter can get negative and positive values. Negative values work clockwise,
positive values work against clockwise.

Attention! Following described parameters depends each on other. Will be modified one
parameter, it influences to the follow positions against clock wise, it means that the follow
parameters have to be adapted too.

For adjustment of single parameters should be taken into account the so called puncture
picture (see 3). Each sample position has to have 2 puncture points, which have to be found
in membrane area of micro test tube.

2. Test tube handling segment 1 position 1

This position is defined by parameter „Position 1 (test tube handling segment 1) “ (6). Parameter
has to be chosen in the way that will be meet area 2 referring Fig. 3.

3. Offset puncture – taking sample

Parameter „Offset between puncturing and taking the sample “ (7) definite distance between areas
2 und 3 regarding Fig. 3 for each reaction test tube. Distance should be chosen in the way that
both positions on one side will be found in membrane area of reaction test tube and on the other
side will have each from other space enough so that sample needle will do new puncture hole not
using old one.

4. Test tube handling segment 1 next position

Parameter „Next Position (test tube handling segment 1) “ (8) definite distance between area 3
referring Fig. 3 of actual position and area 2 of following position for each following position of the
actual segment.

5. Test tube handling segment 2 position 1

Parameter „Position 1 (test tube handling segment 2) “ (9) definite distance between area 3
referring Fig. 3 of last position in segment 1 and area 2 of first position in segment 2 clockwise. On
devices with sample tray (Clinic, Sport) this position referrers to sample position on the tray.

6. Test tube handling segment 2 next position

This position is interesting only for device version GP+. Parameter „Next position (test tube handling
segment 2) “ (10) definite distance between area 3 referring Fig. 3 of actual position and area 2 of
following position analogy to point 4. for each following position of actual segments.
6 Close parameter dialog with OK for saving changes. Close parameter dialog with Cancel for not
saving changes.
7 Select HMIC
8 Leave service modus
9 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.5-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.5.2. Test

Working Steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Select Tab „Actuators“
6 Carry out command „Power on all optic sensors “
7 Carry out command „Enable all motors “
8 Carry out command „Synchronize pivot arm“

Attention! Standby position of pivot arm should be adjusted in the way that it will move from
sample position as much as possible, but not reaching mechanical limit.
9 Carry out command „Move to the next pivot arm position (placement independent) “

Attention! Please check puncture picture referring Fig. 3. It is valid also for following
commands. If necessary adjust it again.
10 Carry out command „Proceed the offset between pre-puncturing and taking the sample (pivot arm) “
11 Repeat command „ Move to the next pivot arm position (placement independent) “ until last position
is reached
12 Carry out command „ Disable all motors “
13 Close command dialog
14 Select HMIC
15 Leave service modus
16 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.5-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

Figures and Drawings

3 4
10 6
9 8
2
5
7
7
1

Fig. 1 Parametering pivot arm C_line GP+

3 4
6
9 8

5
7
7 1

Fig. 2 Parametering pivot arm C_line Clinic

(1) Test tube handling segment 1

(2) Test tube handling segment 2 (GP+) / sample tray (Clinic)
(3) Synchronisation position
(4) Standby position
(5) Parameter „ Offset starting from the synchronize position “
(6) Parameter „ Position 1 (test tube handling segment 1) “
(7) Parameter „ Offset between puncturing and taking the sample “
(8) Parameter „ Next Position (test tube handling segment 1) “
(9) Parameter „ Position 1 (test tube handling segment 2) “
(10) Parameter „ Next position (test tube handling segment 2) “

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.5-5
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

Figures and Drawings

3 2

Fig. 3 Puncture picture of reaction test tube (for example C_line Clinic sample tray)

(1) Membrane area of reaction test tube

(2) Area for puncture (ventilation)
(3) Area for taking sample

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 22.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.5-6
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.6-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.6. Lifter

6.6.1. Parametering

Working Steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open parameter dialog and go to page with lifter parameter
5 Modify parameters. Which parameters could be changed and how these are effected is shown in
Fig. 1 and Fig. 2.

Attention! Position of swivel is important for parametering of lifter. As reference position is

selected STAT-position and position P for device version GP (see also paragraph Test in this
chapter).

Exact height adjustment of available sample tray is necessary for adjustment of lifter (see
chapter Sample Tray – Adjusting).

All parameters of lifter are linked (depending each on other). Will be modified one parameter,
it influences to the follow positions in down direction, it means that the follow parameters
have to be adapted too.

Single parameters should be adjusted as follows:

1. Position „Buffering“
Position „Buffering“ 5 will be started after synchronisation sequent from synchronisation position 3.
Exact place of synchronisation position has tolerance based on manufacturing. Standby position
should be adjusted with parameter „Default position 'Buffering' “ (4) in such way that crosswise drill-
hole of sample needle 6 has to be positioned between both black o-rings of changer.

2. Position „Taking air bubble“

Position is definite by parameter „Position 'taking an air bubble' “ (8). Parameter has to be selected
in such way that crosswise drill-hole of sample needle is visible totally under the changer and the tip
of sample needle is not moving under lower level of wiper 7.

3. Position „Puncturing test tube“

Position is definite by parameter „Position 'puncturing test tube' “ (9). Parameter has to be selected
in such way that only polished tip of sample needle has pierced the membrane of micro test tube.

4. Position „Taking sample“

Position is definite by parameter „Position 'taking a sample' “ (10). Parameter has to be selected in
such way that tip of sample needle should not touch bottom of test tube if is used a 1,5ml micro test
tube.

Advice! For adjustment of last position is recommended to use an open 1,5ml reaction cup
(empty!). Lifter is adjusted optimal if cup will have only a space of 1/10 mm. If a sample tray
or another test tube handling segment is available height will be definite by tolerance of
highest sample position. It is necessary to check also other positions of swivel.
6 Close parameter dialog with OK for saving changes. Close parameter dialog with Cancel for not
saving changes.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.6-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

7 Select HMIC
8 Leave service modus
9 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

6.6.2. Test

Working steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Select Tab „Actuators“
6 Carry out command „Power on all optic sensors “
7 Carry out command „Enable all motors “
Carry out command „Synchronize all mechanic actuators “
8 Carry out command „Move the lifter to position 'taking an air bubble' “

Attention! Lifter has to be adjusted in such way that crosswise drill-hole of sample needle is
visible totally under the changer and the tip of sample needle is not moving under lower
level of wiper 7 (Fig. 1).
9 Carry out command „Move the lifter to position 'test tube puncturing' “

Attention! Lifter has to be adjusted in such way that only polished tip of sample needle has
pierced the membrane of micro test tube.
10 Carry out command „Move the lifter to position 'taking a sample' “

Attention! Lifter has to be adjusted in such way that tip of sample needle should not touch
bottom of test tube if is used a 1,5ml micro test tube.
For adjustment of last position is recommended to use an open 1,5ml micro test tube
(empty!). Lifter is adjusted optimal if test tube will have only a space of 1/10 mm. If a sample
tray or another test tube handling segment is available height will be definite by tolerance of
highest sample position. It is necessary to check also other positions of swivel.
11 Carry out command „Move the lifter to default position 'Buffering' “

Attention! Lifter has to be adjusted in such way that crosswise drill-hole of sample needle
has to be positioned between both black o-rings of changer.
12 Carry out command „Disable all motors “
13 Close command dialog
14 Select HMIC
15 Leave service modus
16 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.6-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

Figures and Drawings

3
4
5

6
7

Fig. 1 Parametering lifter position of buffering

10

Fig. 2 Parametering phases of lifter

(1) Sample neddle

(2) Exchanger
(3) Synchronisation position
(4) Parameter position „Default position 'Buffering' “
(5) Position „Buffering“
(6) Crosswise drill-hole of sample needle is positioned in the changer during lifter position “Buffering”
(7) Wiper
(8) Parameter „Position 'taking an air bubble' “
(9) Parameter „Position 'puncturing test tube' “
(10) Parameter „Position 'taking a sample' “

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.6-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 22.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.7-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.7. Pump

6.7.1. Test

Working Steps
No. Description
Attention! In this chapter is described the electro mechanical test of pump unit. For
additional tests and adjustments see chapter flow system.
1 Prepare pump for test unit referring picture.

2 3 4
1

Fig. 1 Open pump unit, without pump tube

(1) Pump unit

(2) Clamping lever
(3) Clamping element
(4) Pump wheel
(5) Marking

Advice! Marking is not standard element of pump tube. Marking can be easily done using
marker which will support orientation during test.

2 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

3 Change into service modus
4 Select PIC
5 Open command dialog
6 Select tab „Pump“
7 Carry out command „Power on pump motor driving voltage “
8 Carry out command „Power on pump motor winding current “
9 Carry out command „Taking the first air bubble “

Advice! Pump wheel 4 is turning clockwise. Command is necessary to move pump unit from
synchronisation point which is reached. If pump wheel is not turning despite correct carried
out working steps a defect has place. Even in this case error code 2000 (successful) could
be shown, because pump unit could not be supervised like sample tray, pivot arm and lifter.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.7-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

10 Carry out command „Synchronize the pump “

Advice! Pump wheel 4 is turning to its synchronisation point clockwise, maximum one turn.
If pump wheel is on synchronisation point and command will be repeated is possible that
pump wheel will not turn. It is correct. Error code 2000 is shown if command is carried out
successfully.
11 Repeat working steps 9 and 10

Advise! During repeating of working steps pump wheel 4 has to be located at same position
at any time after synchronisation.
12 Carry out command „Power off pump motor winding current “
13 Carry out command „Power off pump motor driving voltage “
13 Close command dialog
14 Select HMIC
15 Leave service modus
16 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 22.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.8-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.8. Test tube handling segment 1 and 2

6.8.1. Test

Working steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Carry out command „Allow to query the placement of test tube handling segments “ under tab
„container / test tubes“
6 Carry out command „Send the test tube handling segment placement “
7 Insert micro test tube in test tube handling starting from right side
9 Read value of service-software under „Data“ for each test tube handling segment

Each sample position has binary coded valence / value. Which position has which valence, could be
evaluated referring Fig. 1. Will be there inserted more than one micro test tube, total valence will be
summarised for each test tube handling segment.

10

8
7
6 1
2
5 4 3

Fig. 1 Test tube recognition of segments

(1) Valence 8
(2) Valence 16
(3) Valence 32
(4) Valence 64
(5) Valence 128
(6) Valence 8
(7) Valence 16
(8) Valence 32
(9) Valence 64
(10) Valence 128

Sample: Position 5 and Position 1 have micro test tube: 128 + 8 = 136

Attention! The micro test tube detection system has a response time of about 1s.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.8-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

10 Finish command and close command dialog

11 Select HMIC
12 Leave service modus
13 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

6.8.2. Cleaning

Working steps
No. Description
1 Remove test tube holding 1 referring Fig. 2

Fig. 2 Removing test tube holding

2 Visual checking of sensors test tube recognition in test tube holding segment for finding pollutions in
the area of openings optical parts. Each position has its own sensor for test tube recognition in form
of reflex light barrier. The openings for sensors are located in pairs per each position one over the
other.
3 Coarse dirt, which has place on the opening, can be removed carefully with pointed tool (for
instance tweezers).

Attention! Optical parts are made of plastic and it not mar-resistance. Cleaning tool should
be used in a way that there is no contact with optic and mechanical damages are avoided.
4 Rest dirt, which were not removed with described working step 3, could be liquidated with slightly in
ethanol putted cotton bud. Possible that the form of cotton bud must be changed in a way that could
be reached either openings and optical parts.

Attention! It is important, that cotton bud is only slightly moistened with ethanol and not
heavy dripping wet. Penetrating in parts of device liquid in combination with salted parts
from system solution can influence to it function. Furthermore necessary time for drying will
be decreased.
5 Checking function referring paragraph Test of this chapter.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.8-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 23.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.8-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.9-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.9. Sensors for fill level

6.9.1. Test

Working steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open command dialog
5 Carry out command „Allow to query the fill level of system solution and waste container “ under tab
„container / test tubes“
6 Carry out command „Send the fill level of system solution and waste container“
7 Put empty bottle for system solution in corresponding chamber (right).

Attention! It is important to use original bottle from EKF for this and following steps. Don’t
use things for only breaking the light barrier.
8 Read displayed value of service-software under „Data“ for each chamber

Value in display for „System solution empty“ should be „1“

Attention! Recognising of filling level has a delay of several seconds.

9 Put filled bottle with system solution in corresponding chamber (right)
10 Read displayed value of service-software under „Data“ for each chamber

Value in display for „System solution empty“ should be „0“

11 Put empty waste bottle in corresponding chamber (left)
12 Read displayed value of service-software under „Data“ for each chamber

Value in display for „Waste full“ should be „0“

13 Put filled waste bottle in corresponding chamber (left)
14 Read displayed value of service-software under „Data“ for each chamber

Value in display for „Waste full“ should be „1“

10 Finish command and close command dialog
11 Select HMIC
12 Leave service modus
13 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.9-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.9.2. Cleaning

Working steps
No. Description
1 Visible check of sensors for fill level in bottle chamber to search for contaminations in the area of
holes for optical parts.

Fig. 1 Sensors for fill level in bottle chamber

(1) Sensor for fill level system solution

(2) Sensor for fill level waste
2 Cross contamination, located on hole of optical parts, could be removed carefully with tip thing (for
instance tweezers).

Attention! Attention! Optical parts are made of plastic and it not mar-resistance. Cleaning
tool should be used in a way that there is no contact with optic and mechanical damages are
avoided.
3 Rest dirt, which were not removed with described working step 3, could be liquidated with slightly in
ethanol putted cotton bud. Possible that the form of cotton bud must be changed in a way that could
be reached either openings and optical parts.

Attention! It is important, that cotton bud is only slightly moistened with ethanol and not
heavy dripping wet. Penetrating in parts of device liquid in combination with salted parts
from system solution can influence to it function. Furthermore necessary time for drying will
be decreased.
4 Checking function referring paragraph Test of this chapter.

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 24.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.10-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.10. Sensor block

6.10.1. Check sensor voltage

Working steps
No. Description
Attention! For this working step device should be plugged to power.
1 Open sensor block
2 The counter electrode 1 and the reference electrode 2 have to short circuit. Refer to Fig. 1

Advice! Could be used check tip of measuring device.

3 Measure voltage between short-circuit electrodes (+) and contact working electrode 3 (-)

Target value: - 580 mV +/- 100 mV

6.10.2. Sensor recognition check

Working steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

Attention! Has to be installed chip-sensor and sensor block should be closed. Otherwise
service mode could not be activated.
2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open tab “States”
5 Carry out command „Show current chip sensor types “
6 Read displayed values of service-software under „Data“

Possible displayed values:

Block configuration 0 no sensor block active
1 sensor block 1 active
2 Sensor block 2 active
3 both sensor block active

Sensor 1 / Sensor 2 0 no chip sensor or wrong type

1 Dummy – Chip sensor
2 Glucose – Chip sensor
3 Lactate – Chip sensor

7 Close command dialog

8 Select HMIC
9 Leave service modus
10 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.10-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.10.3. Sensor for temperature / Heating check

Working steps
No. Description

Attention! For evaluation of sensors for temperature it is important that temperature

controllers are switched off. Device has to be in Standby-modus and be cooled long enough.
Alternative temperature controller could be switched of using command task.

1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

2 Change into service modus
3 Select PIC
4 Open tab „Temperature_control_unit “
5 If temperature controller was not stopped already (modus Standby), should be carried out following
commands:
• „Stop temperature control unit 'Complete' “
• „Stop temperature control unit 'Pre-heater' “

Attention! Devices should be cooled enough otherwise shown values of temperature could
be invalid!
6 Carry out command „show temperature (continuously) “
7 Read displayed values of service-software under „Data“

(PH) Temperature Preheater

(S1) Temperature Chip sensor 1
(S2) Temperature Chip sensor 2
(Env) Temperature surrounding (device)

Advice! Shown values refer to temperature in 1/100 °C.

8 Finish command
9 Carry out following commands:
• „Start temperature control unit 'Complete' “
• „Start temperature control unit 'Pre-heater' “
10 Carry out command „ show temperature (continuously) “
11 Read displayed values of service-software under „Data“

Shown values should be </= 4000.

12 Finish command
13 Carry out command „ Show actuation variable (continuously) “
14 Read displayed values of service-software under „Data“

If shown values of temperature were < 4000, have to be shown variables which are >0 . If at least
one of variables suddenly = 0, controller could not be started.

Attention! If device has only on sensor block value for S2 = 0.

15 Finish command
16 If at least one of the variables suddenly 0, reason could be found using command „ Show actual
error code “ under tab „States“

Advice! Shown error code (51XX) should be reducible on temperature controller. (see
chapter Error list)
17 Carry out command „ Show actuation variable (continuously) “

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.10-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

18 Read displayed values of service-software under „Data“

Shown values of temperature PH, S1 and if available S2 should be have about 4000.

Following symptom will be based on problems as follows:

• Temperatures can be adjusted only very slowly and can not reach target values after more
than 10 min.: possible defect of heating
• Temperatures increase continuously higher than target temperature or have place big control
deviations or controller pulsates very much: possible interchanging of connectors of sensors
for temperatures

Advice! Alternative could be used instead of command „ Show actuation variable

(continuously) “ the command „show temperature control unit offset (continuously) “. The
single control deviations have to fixed around the zero point.
19 Close command dialog
20 Select HMIC
21 Leave service modus
22 Disconnect device to service software (see paragraph Service-Software)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.10-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

Figures and drawings

14

3 9
12 2 10
13
1 11 6
7 5
8 4

Fig. 1 sensor block inside view

(1) Contact counter electrode (8) Flow backwards

(2) Contact reference electrode (9) Isolating foil
(3) Contact working electrode (10) Flow forwards
(4) Contact recognising lactate (11) Flow channels
(5) Contact ground (12) Chip sensor heating
(6) Contact recognising dummy (13) Chip sensor holding
(7) Flow cell (14) Spring

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 23.03.06 TR All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.11-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.11. Function test of cooler

Working steps
No. Description
1 Prepare device to connection with service software (see Tools Service-Software)
2 Start service-software and using the correspondence button in task list „switch to service mode”.
Click on button "Select PIC" and than on button "send command"
3 Select tab „Temperature_control_unit“ and start command "Stop temperature control unit '
Environment'"
4 Carry out command "Power on fan". Now should be heard a stable cooler noise!

Attention! If cooler is not running or running unstable it has to be changed (see

Disassembling/Assembling change cooler)!
5 Carry out command "Power off fan" and then start “Start temperature control unit 'Environment'”
6 Finish service-software.

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 23.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.11-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.12-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.12. Functional test power supply

6.12.1. Checking of voltages

Working steps
No. Description
1 Remove upper part of housing (see Disassembling / Assembling - Disassembling of Upper Part of
Housing)
2 Connect device to plug.

Attention! Voltage on primary side of power unit! Danger for life!

3 Using a multimeter measure voltage between GND and test P1 (L24) and P2 (L22), see Fig. 1.

Attention! Is one of the measured voltages out of tolerances has to be changed the power
supply (see Disassembling/Assembling Changing Power supply)!
4 Disconnect device from power and assemble upper part of housing (see Disassembling/Assembling
Assembling Upper Part of Housing).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.12-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

Figures and drawings

24V ± 1.00V
5V ± 0.15V

P2
P1

GND

Fig. 1 Component side of PIC-card (Rev. D)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.12-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

6.12.2. Checking and changing of fuses

Attention! Before changing of device fuse should be researched reason for defect. It covers that
device is connected with plug in conformity with device specifications (50 Hz, 100-230 VAC) and that
there are no liquids under the device!

Working steps
No. Description
1 Disconnect device from plug.
2 Take out fuse holder located on top of power plug by pressing adjustment 1.

Fig. 2 Change of device fuses

3 Take out both fuses from socket and check pass using multimeter. If one of fuses has not pass it
should be changed against new one.

Fuse data: 315mA – inert, 250V

4 Put fuses back into holder until blocking and put fuse holder located on top of power plug into, until
it is engaged hear able and feel able.

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 24.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.12-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 6.13-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.13. Functional test of board PIC

6.13.1. Checking of voltages

Working steps
No. Description
1 Remove upper part of housing (see Disassembling / Assembling - Disassembling of Upper Part of
Housing), without working step 16!
2 Lay down upper part of housing (compare Fig. 1), so that is seen the HMIC-card 1.

Fig. 1 Removing of upper part of housing

3 Turn swivel 2 clockwise behind the barcode reader 3, on 5 o’clock orientation

Fig. 2 Turning of swivel

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 6.13-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

4 Remove cover plate on PIC-card see Fig. 3 and Fig 4 removing the Allen-screws.

Fig. 3 Section PIC-card with cover plate Fig 4 Section PIC-card without cover plate

5 Visible check of PIC-card to detect defect or missed parts, cold capillary joint and correct fitting of
connectors.
Advice: In the case that liquids are joined into the device arrears have to be removed and all
parts have to be checked of irreparable defects.

Fig. 5 Visible check of PIC-card

6 Connect device with plug.

Attention! Voltage on primary side of power unit! Danger for life!

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 6.13-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

7 Using a multimeter measure between marked test point of Fig. 8 and linked reference potential and
check voltages referring Table 1 on correctness.

Attention! Is one of the measured voltages out of shown tolerances has to be changed the
PIC-card and find the reason respectively (see Disassembling/Assembling Changing card board
PIC).

Table 1 Testing voltages

Test Description MP Ref. Target Toleranc
value e
P1 Supply voltage digital L24 GND +5V ± 0.15V
P2 Supply voltage digital L22 GND +24V ± 1.00V
P3 Reference voltage 4V analog to U8 Pin 98 GND +4.096V ± 0.15V
P4 Supply voltage positiv analog U21 Pin 9 GND +5V ± 0.15V
P5 Supply voltage negativ analog U21 Pin 10 GND -5V ± 0.15V
P6 Supply voltage positiv analog U22 Pin 9 GND +5V ± 0.15V
P7 Supply voltage negativ analog U22 Pin 10 GND -5V ± 0.15V
P8 Sensor voltage channel 1 (J20 and J22 to short circuit) J20,22 IGND1 -0,580V ± 0.01V
P9 Sensor voltage channel 2 (J21 and J23 to short circuit) J21,23 IGND2 -0.580V ± 0.01V
P10 Control sensor heating 1 ( check adapter SH1 in J30) to J30 Pin 9 Pin 10 < 0.7V -
P11 Control sensor heating 1 ( check adapter SH1 in J30) to J30 Pin 5 GND > 23V -
P12 Control sensor heating 2 ( check adapter SH2 in J31) to J31 Pin 9 Pin 10 < 0.7V -
P13 Control sensor heating 2 ( check adapter SH2 in J31) to J31 Pin 5 GND > 23V -
P14 Control temperature – Sensor 1 25°C ± 0.3°C
(Connect check adapter TF1 in J17)
Service-Software "Show temperature (continuously) “ - S1
P15 control temperature – pre-heater 25°C ± 0.3°C
(Connect check adapter TF1 in J18)
Service-Software "Show temperature (continuously) “ - PH
P16 Control temperature – Sensor 2 25°C ± 0.3°C
(Connect check adapter TF1 in J19)
Service-Software "Show temperature (continuously) “ - S2
P17 Control temperature – ambience XX°C -
Service-Software "Show temperature (continuously) “ - ENV

For test points P14 until P16 should be used referred cable and check adapter TF1 from Fig. 6.

Fig. 6 Check adapter TF1 Fig. 7 Check adapter TF1 in J17

Measuring values for P14 until P18 will be definite using service-software. For that after changing
into the service modus has to be selected PIC as SUB-Device. In command list select tab
'Temperature_control_unit' and carry out command "Show temperature (continuously)", beside that
1 Digit = 0.01°C .
8 Disconnect device from power and assemble upper part of housing (see Disassembling/Assembling
Assembling Upper Part of Housing).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 6.13-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

Figures and drawings

P2
P1

P17
P3

GND
P10

P12

P8
P13
P11

P5

IGND1
P4

P9
P7

IGND2
P6P15

P14
P16

Fig. 8 Component side of PIC-card (Rev. D)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 6.13-5
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 22.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual page: 6.13-6
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 6.14-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 4

6.14. Functional test of card board HMIC

6.14.1. Check of voltages

Working steps
No. Description
1 Remove upper part of housing (see Disassembling / Assembling - Disassembling of Upper Part of
Housing), without working step 16!
2 Lay down upper part of housing (compare Fig. 1), so that is seen the HMIC-board 1.

Fig. 1 Removing of upper part of housing

3 Turn swivel 2 clockwise behind the barcode reader 3, on 5 o’clock orientation

Fig. 2 Turning of swivel

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 6.14-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 4

4 Visible check of HMIC-board to detect defect or missed parts, cold capillary joint and correct fitting
of connectors.

Fig. 3 visible check of HMIC-board

5 Connect device with plug.

Attention! Voltage on primary side of power unit! Danger for life!

6 Using a multimeter measure between marked test point of Fig. 4 and linked reference potential
GND (P6) and check voltages referring Data on correctness.

For test point P1 second shown voltage is only valid for switched-on device, it means after
successful programming. For that, Flash-Jumper should not be plugged and actual Header has to
be build in.

Attention! Is one of the measured voltages out of shown tolerances has to be changed the
PIC-board and find the reason respectively (see Disassembling/Assembling Changing card
board HMIC).
7 Disconnect device from power and assemble upper part of housing (see Disassembling/Assembling
Assembling Upper Part of Housing).

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 6.14-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 4

Figures and drawings

P6
GND

P2
4.90V ± 0.5V

P3
P4 4.90V ± 0.5V
4.069V ± 0.1V

P1 P5
4.74V ± 0.5V 3.30V± 0.5V
22.5V ± 0.5V

Flash-
Jumper

Fig. 4 component side HMIC-board (Rev. D)

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 22.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 6.14-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 4

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.15-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.15. Flow system

6.15.1. Description

Working steps
No. Description
1 Cycle of measurement from the point of flow system.
Condition: Flow system is filled continuous with system solution. It has the case in modus Ready for
measurement or after automatically filling of flow system (take out and put in bottle with system
solution).

• Moving to reaction cup

• Puncture with sample needle in reaction for making air hole
• Taking air bubble 3, ca. 10µL ≈ 20mm length in tube system, for dividing sample start and
system solution.
Air is taken via cross-hole of sample needle.
• Puncture with sample needle beside the air hole and lifter mowing down. Cross-hole of
sample needle is in sample solution now.
• Taking sample solution 4, ca. 100µL ≈ 200mm length in tube system.
• Lifter moving up until cross-hole of sample needle is over the lid of reaction cup in air.
• Taking air bubble 5, ca. 10µL ≈ 20mm length in tube system, for dividing sample end and
system solution.
• Lifter moving up until cross-hole of sample needle is in the centre of changer valve. During
this could be taken system solution 1 with each action of pump.
• Pumping of system solution 4 through sensor block, channel1 6 and optional channel2 7.
• After measuring, pumping of sample solution into waste bottle 2. Now the flow system is
filled completely with system solution without air bubbles and ready for next measurement.

Fig. 1 flow system

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.15-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.15.2. Checking flow system

Working steps
No. Description
1 For checking flow system lifter has to be in basic position and correct adjusted (see Check /
Adjustment / Test / Lifter.
In case of doubt should be carried out service command „Synchronize all mechanic actuators “, see
Tools / Service-Software / Using, to bring the device in a definite basic position. The cross-hole of
sample needle has to be in the centre of changer valve now, see also Fig.1 point before.
Furthermore in all measuring channels have to be established chip sensors type 2 to seal the flow
system.
In the device bottles for system solution and waste have to be connected.

Attention! For checking the whole flow system the upper part of housing has to be
disassembled referring Disassembling / Assembling / Upper Part of Housing.
2 Visual check

-> Sample needle should not be twisted, surface of sample needle should be ok.
-> Changer valve should not have any damages like cracks, missing parts etc. On changer valve
should not be seen white crystals – advice for leakage.
-> All connections with tubes, tube – sample needle and back, should not have cracks, slices or
others. Tubes should be fitted tighten on needles, there should be no liquid outside and not white
crystals on it.
-> Control carefully the inner side of device are there any liquids or white crystals especially in area
of tubes and connection of tubes.
-> The waste tube from pump (marked black) to tube connection inner side has to be secured with
hose clip on each connection side.
-> Tubes should not be jammed or crimped nowhere.
3 will be continued

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 31.03.06 Aßmann All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 6.16-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 2

6.16. Functional Test Printer

6.16.1. Serial Printer

As serial printer could be use exclusive only type DPU-414. Connection to device is done using serial printer
cable.

Attention! Standard printer cables are not compatible.

Working steps
No. Description
1 Switch on device and printer.
2 Put Smart-Card with wrong side into card terminal. Will be given an error which will be shown on
display and on printer too.

Advice: Putting Smart-Card is on way to create an error situation which will be given out on
correct connected printer.

Attention! If there are problems with printout software-pins of printer should be controlled as
follows:
3 Switch off printer.
4 Hold on button On-/Offline and switch on printer. Printer should start printout with configuration
(DIP-Switch-Settings) – button On-/Offline release.

Advice: Standard settings are written in operation manual (see chapter 11.1.1. Serial Printer).
Settings of printer are separate parameters and not connected with settings of BIOSEN
C_line.
5 After finishing printout printer is ready for programming.
Pressing button On-line (Continue) is it possible to set up single software parameter. Button On-line
in command „On“ and button Paper Feed is command „Off“.
6 Press the button Paper Feed Taste (Write) in the end for storing settings. Successful storing will be
confirmed with printout "DIP SW setting complete !!".

6.16.2. Parallel Printer

Device is prepared only for connection of printer with centronics interface. It is not support yet.

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 22.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 6.16-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.17-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.17. Functional test EDP - Interface

6.17.1. Checking of EDP-settings

All devices Biosen C_line have serial interface for connection with LIS (laboratory information system) of
hospital. Relevant parameters will be setted up on device display.

Working steps
No. Description
1 Switch on device, select "EDP" in device menu and check parameters regarding correlation with
measuring values registration-PC.

Advice: Standard EDP-Settings for device are:

• Type of protocol: BIOSEN

• Interface-Parameter:

Baud: 2400
Parameter : 8, 1, No

• Preamble / Postamble:

Preamble: {STX CR}

Postamble: {CR ETX}

• Device-recognition:

Name: BIOS
Number: 01

• Number of method: all 000

• Request modus: non active (no hitch set)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.17-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.17.2. Communication test

Working steps
No. Description
1 Start program "HyperTerminal" on service laptop.

Advice: Program could be find under “Start / Programs / Accessories / Communication”

using Windows software!
2 Prepare a new connection, for instance with the name "C_line Telegram" and select connected with
device COM-Port.
3 Select connection settings referring EDP-settings (Interface-Parameter) of device and deactivate
flow control.
4 Select in the menu point "EDP" the point "Send test-telegram" and wait for incoming figures in
HyperTerminal-window.

Fig. 1 Sample of test telegram

Attention! If figures will not be received should be lucked for electrical problems. (see Error
Research Communication problems EDP)!
5 Check conformity of incoming figure chain with BIOSEN data-protocol (see Operation Manual,
Chapter 11.2.2. Structure of Data Protocol).

Advice: If figure chain will not be in conformity with protocol shall be checked EDP-settings
of device (see Checking of EDP-settings)!

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 27.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.18-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

6.18. Functional test of card terminal

Working steps
No. Description
1 Switch on device.
2 Put Smart-Card with wrong side into the card terminal. During that will be held on following error,
which is displayed as: "Invalid Smart-Card".

Advice: Card terminal will be support starting with firmware version (HMIC) 1.03.0 .

Attention! If there will be no error, should be done a check of card terminal (see Error
Research Others – Card Terminal)!

Revision history
Rev. Data fro Pages Description Approval
m
1.0.0 24.03.06 DZ All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.18-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.19-1
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.19. Total System

6.19.1. Definitions
Following the most important terms are defined.

Series of analyses
A number of determinations of the same measurement category, which are carried out with the same
measuring setup and the same calibration procedure under identical conditions. The shortest series
comprises a single sample.

Expected value of measured values

Mean value of corresponding probability distributions of measured values. For several measurement results
this value can be defined as the arithmetic mean value, more precisely for a bigger measurement series. The
difference between the expected and the target value is reffered to as a systematic error.

Precision
A measure of agreement between independent measurement results obtained under the fixed conditions. As
a rule the measure of precision is given as the statistical degree of imprecision as standard deviation or
relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation).
The reproducibility is significantly connected to non-changed conditions and is often termed as the presicion
of series of analyses. The precision between analysis series reflects the variation of one or several factors,
which occure within one lab. These factors are time, calibration procedures, personal or measuring setups.

Accuracy
A measure of agreement between the mean value arised from a big number of measurement results and the
true value. As a rule the accuracy is expressed numerically as the systematic error (see below).

Systematic error (inaccuracy)

For several measurement results a difference between the expected (target) value and the arithmetic mean
is a value, which allows to evaluate the systematic error (deviation from target value). It serves the estimation
of measurement accuracy.

Target value (measurement-dependent nominal value/ setup-related nominal value)

Target value is used for indication of the value, which is given concerning the measuring procedure (see
package information).

Random error (imprecesion)

The random error is evaluated from the deviation of measurement results from the mean value. For several
measurement results their standard deviation (or their relative standard deviation) serves the estimation of
the measurement precision. The number of measurements, the mean value and the experimental procedure
(within the series of analyses, between the series of analyses, between the working shifts, between the labs)
should be indicated.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.19-2
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.19.2. Simple Check of Total System

Necessary material
No. Description
1 Glucose/Lactate-system solution
2 Multi-Standard solution 12mmol/L in reaction cups / bottle
3 Device system (device for testing)

Working steps
No. Description
1 For simple determination of system precision should be measured 15 samples using Multi-Standard
solution 12mmol/L in one analysing serial with double determination.

Advice: It is required to select calibration mode „With each start“

Advice: If will be measured different concentration levels should be measured in separated

follow up analysing serials.
2 Calculation of mean value, standard deviation, coefficient of variation and drift.

n ∑ x 2 − (∑ x )
2

s= ∑x s ⋅ 100
x= VK =
n(n − 1) n x
Formula 1 Standard deviation Formula 2 Mean value Formula 3 Coefficient of variation

Measured result x
absolute term of the a
m ⋅ (n − 1) regression line
Drift = ⋅ 100 n Quantity of measured
a results
m Degrees of regression
Formula 4 Drift
line
Advice: Degrees of regression line should be definite using well known statistic tools.
3 Maximum allowed deviation should be lower that limits in Table 1.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.19-3
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.19.3. Determination of precision

Necessary material
No. Description
1 Glucose/Lactate-system solution
2 Glucose/Lactate-Hemolysing solution in reaction cups 2,0 mL, prefilled with 1000 µL
3 20µl end-to-end capillaries
4 Multi-Standard solution 12mmol/L in reaction cups / bottle
5 Control solution EasyConNORM, for glucose und lactate

6 Control solution EasyConPAT, for glucose und lactate

(for dilution in reaction cups)
7 Test serum ReadyConNORM, for glucose und lactate (1:51 ready to use diluted)
8 Test serum ReadyConPAT, for glucose und lactate (1:51 ready to use diluted)
9 Device system (device for testing)

Working steps
No. Description
1 For determination of system precision should be measured 15 samples using control material
ReadyConNORM bzw. ReadyConPAT in one analysing serial with double determination.

Advice: It is required to select calibration mode „With each start“

Advice: If will be measured different concentration levels should be measured in separated

follow up analysing serials.
2 Calculation of mean value, standard deviation, coefficient of variation and drift for both
concentration levels. (see above)
3 Maximum aloud deviation should be lower that limits in Table 1.
4 For determination of repeated precision (device user) should be measured 15 samples (Double
determination) using control material EasyConNORM bzw. EasyConPAT in one analysing serial with
double determination.

Advice: It is required to select calibration mode „With each start“

Advice: If will be measured different concentration levels should be measured in separated follow
up analysing serials.
5 Calculation of mean value, standard deviation and coefficient of variation for both concentration
levels. (see above)
6 Maximum allowed deviation should be lower that limits in Table 1.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.19-4
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.19.4. Determination of accuracy

Working steps
No. Description
1 Using measuring results from paragraph 6.19.2 and 6.19.3 respectively via comparison and
evaluation of results to corresponding target values can be determinate accuracy.
2 Maximum allowed deviation should be lower that limits in Table 1.

6.19.5. Determination of linearity

Necessary material
No. Description
1 Glucose/Lactate-system solution
2 Multi-Standard solution 12mmol/L in reaction cups / bottle
3 Linearity test solution for glucose / lactate, (2-7-18mmol/L)
4 Device system (device for testing)

Working steps
No. Description
1 For determination of linearity should be measured 15 samples linearity test solution in one
analysing serial with double determination.
Samples have to put inside sample tray in following order 2-7-18-2-7-18 and so on.
2 Maximum allowed deviation should be lower that limits in Table 1.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.19-5
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

6.19.6. Further steps of checking

Necessary material
No. Description
1 Glucose/Lactate-system solution
2 Multi-Standard solution 12mmol/L in reaction cups / bottle
3 Sensor-Test solution for glucose / lactate
4 Glucose/Lactate-Hemolysing solution in reaction cups 2,0 mL, prefilled with 1000 µL
5 Device system (device for testing)

Working steps
No. Description
1 For checking whether contaminated and failed system solutions respectively are used, not prepared
reaction cups with glucose/lactate-hemolysing solution should be putted on sample tray and
measured in standard way.
2 After successful calibration all samples have to have results under measuring range.

Advice: If some samples will be measured with valid value, has to be carried out change of
lot glucose/lactate-system solution and glucose/lactate-hemolysing solution in reaction
cups respectively.
3 For checking the selectivity of installed chip-sensor is recommended to use sensor-test solution
glucose / lactate to check the permeability of membrane strata.

4 Maximum allowed deviation should be lower that limits in Table 1.

Advice: Than nearer the measured result is on lower limit so much better is working chip-
sensor.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Page: 6.19-6
BIOSEN C_line
Adjustment / Check from: 6

Measurement categories
No. Sample material Target max. failure max. max. max. max.
value of single unaccuracy allowed allowed allowed
result (mean standard- Unprecison drift
(range) value) deviation (coefficient
mmol/L of variation) %
mmol/L % % %
1 Multi-Standard solution
12.00 ± 3.0 ± 1.5 ± 0,06 ± 0.5 ± 2.5
glucose / lactate
2 Control solution EasyConNORM
Lot* ± 16.0** ± 6.0** - ± 5** -
for glucose / lactate
3 Control solution EasyConPAT
Lot* ± 16.0** ± 6.0** - ± 5** -
for glucose / lactate
4 ReadyConNORM for glucose /
Lot* ± 6.0 ± 3.0 ± 0.028 ± 0.50 ± 1.5
lactate
5 ReadyConPAT for glucose /
Lot* ± 6.0 ± 3.0 ± 0.100 ± 0.75 ±2
lactate
6 Linearity test solution for
2.00 ± 6.5 - - - -
glucose / lactate
7 Linearity test solution for
7.00 ± 3.4 - - - -
glucose / lactate
8 Linearity test solution for
18.00 ± 1.8 - - - -
glucose / lactate
9 Sensor-Test solution for
5.00 + 20 - - - -
glucose / lactate
Table 1 Measurement categories and its referred limits
* Target values are lot-depending and has to be taken from current package insert
** Preparation of single samples could have systematic failure. Targets are. Target values take these into account.

Revision history
Rev. Data from Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr All Preparing of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 2

7. Drawings
7.0. Table of contents
7. Drawings ................................................................................................................................................. 1
7.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
7.1. Block diagramm............................................................................................................................. 7.1-1
7.4. Layout diagramm........................................................................................................................... 7.4-1
7.4.1. HMIC-PCBA ........................................................................................................................... 7.4-1
7.4.2. PIC-PCBA .............................................................................................................................. 7.4-3

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 2

7.1. Block diagramm

Figures and drawings

Graphic -Display

Touchpanel

Controller
Touchpanel
EEPROM

Display
Controller
Power supply and stabilisation

&HMIC-Controller
PIC-Controller

Interface
)
DC

D
DC

Stop position/Sync Sensors

Driver
Lactate sensor

Potentiostat

und Begrenzungssensorik

Position determination
Test tube recognition
Fill level recognition
Thermostat

pivot unit
Sample tray

Lifter

Sicherheits-
&
Glucose sensor

Potentiostat

Antriebe

Pump

ZR
Z
T

Fig. 1 Block diagramm BIOSEN C_line

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 2

Revision History
Rev. Date von Page Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr all Issue of document -

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.4-1
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 6

7.4. Layout diagramm

7.4.1. HMIC-PCBA
Figures and Drawings

Fig. 1 component side HMIC RevB

Connector HMIC RevB

ST1 Not populated ST7 Serial (Extern EDP / Printer)
ST2 Not populated ST8 LPT Port
ST3 Display data cable ST9 Power supply
ST4 Touch Panel ST10 Chip card
ST5 Not populated ST11 Not populated
ST6 Not populated

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.4-2
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 6

Fig. 2 component side HMIC Rev.D

Connector HMIC Rev.D

ST1 Not populated ST7 Serial (Extern EDP / Printer)
ST2 Not populated ST8 LPT Port
ST3 Display data cable ST9 Power supply
ST4 Touch Panel ST10 Chip card
ST5 Not populated ST11 Not populated
ST6 Not applicable

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.4-3
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 6

7.4.2. PIC-PCBA
Figures and Drawings

Fig. 3 Component side PIC RevB

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.4-4
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 6

Fig. 4 Component side PIC RevD

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.4-5
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 6

Connector PIC RevB

J1 Not applicable J20 Counter electrode channel 1
J2 Fill level sensor for system solution J21 Counter electrode channel 2
J3 Sample tray encoder J22 Reference electrode channel 1
J4 Sample tray test tube recognition J23 Reference electrode channel 2
J5 Fill level sensor for waste J24 Working electrode channel 1
J6 Encoder for the lifter J25 Working electrode channel 2
J7 Cup handling segment 1 J26 Shield channel 1
J8 Sensor for tray synchronisation J27 Shield channel 2
J9 Encoder for the pivot arm J28 Shield channel 1
J10 Sensor for pivot arm synchronisation J29 Shield channel 2
J11 Cup handling segment 2 J30 Sensor block 1
J12 Sensor for pump synchronisation J31 Sensor block 2
J13 Pump motor J32 Main Power supply
J14 Pivot motor J33 Barcode
J15 Lifter motor J34 HMIC
J16 Tray motor J35 Not applicable
J17 Pre-heating sensor 1 J36 Not applicable
J18 Pre-heater J37 Fan
J19 Pre-heating sensor 2

Connector PIC RevD

J1 Reserved for future use J20 Counter electrode channel 1
J2 Fill level sensor for system solution J21 Counter electrode channel 2
J3 Sample tray encoder J22 Reference electrode channel 1
J4 Sample tray test tube recognition J23 Reference electrode channel 2
J5 Fill level sensor for waste J24 Working electrode channel 1
J6 Encoder for the lifter J25 Working electrode channel 2
J7 Cup handling segment 1 J26 Shield channel 1
J8 Sensor for tray synchronisation J27 Shield channel 2
J9 Encoder for the pivot arm J28 Shield channel 1
J10 Sensor for pivot arm synchronisation J29 Shield channel 2
J11 Cup handling segment 2 J30 Sensor block 1
J12 Sensor for pump synchronisation J31 Sensor block 2
J13 Pump motor J32 Main Power supply
J14 Pivot motor J33 Barcode
J15 Lifter motor J34 HMIC
J16 Tray motor J35 Not applicable
J17 Pre-heating sensor 1 J36 Not applicable
J18 Pre-heater J37 Fan
J19 Pre-heating sensor 2

Revision history
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 14.03.06 Gr all Issue of document -
1.1.0 19.03.07 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 7.4-6
BIOSEN C_line
Drawings von: 6

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Spare parts von: 2

8. Spare parts
8.0. Table of contents
8. Spare parts ............................................................................................................................................. 1
8.0. Table of contents ................................................................................................................................. 1
8.1. List of spare parts .......................................................................................................................... 8.1-1

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Spare parts von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 8.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
spare parts von: 4

8.1. List of spare parts

Spare parts for service

# Quantity Ref. number Description
1 1 5211-1735 Exchanger
2 1 5211-1719 Sample cannula
3 1 5208-1094 Pump tube, with stopper
4 1 5211-1383 Connector(red) to the 200ml containers for system solution
5 1 5211-1391 Connector(black) to the 200ml containers for waste
6 5 5211-1409-0411 Connecting Tube 2 with stopper, custom-tailored tube from baffle to
changer
7 5 5211-2014-0583 Connecting Tube 3 custom-tailored tube from sample cannula to
grounding cannula (115mm)
8 5 5211-2013-0212 Connecting Tube 30mm, Custom-tailored tube from grounding cannula
to pre-heater
9 5 5211-2016-0619 Connecting Tube 5, custom-tailored tube form sensor block to pump
(160mm)
10 5 5211-2017-0637 Connecting Tube 6, custom-tailored tube from pump to baffle with clamp
(270mm)
11 1 5212-1639-0555 Tray driver
12 1 5206-1012-0330 Sensor block SOLO, with flow cell incl. mounting hardware
13 1 5207-1019-0457 Sensor block DUO, with flow cell incl. mounting hardware
14 6 5211-2028-0745 Spring contact
15 1 5211-1745-0717 Unit consisting of lifter and pivot arm, without motor for the lifter and
motor
for the pivot arm, incl. mounting hardware and cable for grounding
16 1 5208-0016-0170 Pump, without pump tube, incl. pump wheel and clamping lever
17 1 5208-1053-0272 Pump wheel, with pump rolls
18 1 5208-1068-0856 Clamping lever (pump)
19 1 5212-1546-0429 Code wheel for the tray unit
20 1 5211-1551-0547 Code wheel for the pivot arm, incl. pinion
21 1 5211-1545-0529 Code wheel for the lifter
22 1 5211-1333-0357 Cup recognition segment 1, type GP, incl. 5 sensors, for BIOSEN C_line
GP without barcode and GP+
23 1 5211-1334-0998 Cup recognition segment 1, type GP-BC, incl. 5 sensors, for BIOSEN
C_line GP with barcode
24 1 5212-1431-0104 Cup recognition segment 1, type Sport, incl. sensor for cup recognition
on the tray, for BIOSEN C_line Sport
25 1 5214-1333-0983 Cup recognition segment 1, type Clinic, incl. 5 sensors and 1 sensor for
cup recognition on the tray, for BIOSEN C_line Clinic
26 1 5213-1347-0467 Cup recognition segment 2, type GP+, incl. 5 sensors, for BIOSEN
C_line GP+
27 1 5211-1224-0763 Container compartment, incl. sensors for fill level
28 1 5214-1811 Sample tray for BIOSEN C_line Clinic
29 1 5212-1815 Sample tray for BIOSEN C_line Sport
30 5 5212-1638-0537 Damper onto the coupling pin, custom-tailored
31 1 5211-1017-0420 Upper case of the housing for BIOSEN C_line GP without barcode
function, incl. touch panel and display
32 1 5211-1016-0402 Upper case of the housing for BIOSEN C_line GP with barcode function,
incl. touch panel and display
33 1 5213-1011-0314 Upper case of the housing for BIOSEN C_line GP+, incl. touch panel
and display
34 1 5212-1019-0457 Upper case of the housing for BIOSEN C_line Sport and Clinic without
barcode function, incl. touch panel and display
35 1 5211-1321-0302 Power supply, incl. mounting hardware

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 8.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
spare parts von: 4

36 1 5211-1351-0121 Fan
37 1 5211-1112-0176 PIC-2 with software
38 1 5211-1151-0302 HMIC-2 with software
39 1 5211-1154-0854 Backup battery CR2032, for HMIC
40 1 5211-1318-0890 Barcode reader type GP, incl. mounting hardware and ribbon cable for
the barcode scanner
41 1 5212-1325-0927 Barcode reader type Sport/Clinic, incl. mounting hardware and ribbon
cable for the barcode scanner
42 1 5211-1012-0330 Casing cover, incl. 2 bolts
43 1 5212-1604-0212 Tray unit, incl. sensor for tray synchronisation, tray shaft, tooth belt,
encoder, code wheel, pinion, mounting hardware, without tray motor
44 1 5206-1245-0497 Flow cell, ready for assembly
45 1 5211-1372-0319 Card terminal, smart card unit incl. holding
46 1 5211-2034-0763 Tooth belt for lifter, pivot arm and tray unit
47 1 5211-2049-0926 Box 1 with small items, screws, bolts, etc.
48 1 5211-2049-1164 Box 2 with small items, slices, fixing elements
49 1 5211-9259-0887 Software update PIC
50 1 5211-9235-0898 Software update HMIC
51 1 5211-1345-0103 Cable LPT-SIO, mounted onto bracket (without line filter + fuse)
52 10 5211-2055-0944 Fuse 250V/315mA
53 1 5211-2061-0962 Line filter GNF without fuse
54 1 5211-1123-0583 Cable connection HMIC Rev.B – PIC Rev.B
55 1 5211-1124-0601 Cable connection HMIC Rev.D – PIC Rev.D
56 1 5211-1266-0139 Lifter motor
57 1 5211-1287-0337 Pivot motor
58 1 5212-1273-0176 Tray motor
59 1 5211-1267-0157 Cable for Lifter-/Pivot- and Tray motor
60 1 5211-1524-0229 Synchronous sensor for pivot arm with holder
61 1 5212-1519-0230 Synchronous sensor for tray unit with holder
62 1 5211-1551-0428 Encoder for pivot arm with holder
63 1 5212-1531-0260 Encoder for tray unit with holder

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 8.1-3
BIOSEN C_line
spare parts von: 4

Accessories
# Quantity Ref. number Description
64 1 5211-7119 200ml container, used for system solution container and waste
container
65 1 5211-7303-0664 Service box for customer, for BIOSEN C_line
66 1 5211-9017-0104 Operator’s manual, German for BIOSEN C_line GP
67 1 5211-9017-0223 Operator’s manual, English for BIOSEN C_line GP
68 1 5212-9015-0078 Operator’s manual, German for BIOSEN C_line Sport
69 1 5212-9015-0197 Operator’s manual, English for BIOSEN C_line Sport
70 1 5213-9013-0035 Operator’s manual, German for BIOSEN C_line GP+
71 1 5213-9013-0154 Operator’s manual, English for BIOSEN C_line GP+
72 1 5214-9011-0008 Operator’s manual, German for BIOSEN C_line Clinic
73 1 5214-9011-0127 Operator’s manual, English for BIOSEN C_line Clinic
74 1 0720-0100-204 Printer cable for DPU 414

Device types
# Quantity Ref. number Description
75 1 5211-0051-0200 BIOSEN C_line GP, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 sensor
76 1 5211-0051-0202 BIOSEN C_line GP, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 sensor and
barcode
77 1 5211-0121-0200 BIOSEN C_line GP, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors
78 1 5211-0121-0202 BIOSEN C_line GP, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors and
barcode
79 1 5212-0051-1200 BIOSEN C_line Sport, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 sensor
80 1 5212-0051-1202 BIOSEN C_line Sport, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 sensor and
barcode
81 1 5212-0121-1200 BIOSEN C_line Sport, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors
82 1 5212-0121-1202 BIOSEN C_line Sport, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors
and barcode
83 1 5213-0051-6200 BIOSEN C_line GP+, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 sensor
84 1 5213-0121-6200 BIOSEN C_line GP+, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors
85 1 5214-0051-2200 BIOSEN C_line Clinic, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 sensor
86 1 5214-0051-2202 BIOSEN C_line Clinic, analyzer for glucose or lactate with 1 Sensor and
barcode
87 1 5214-0121-2200 BIOSEN C_line Clinic, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors
88 1 5214-0121-2202 BIOSEN C_line Clinic, analyzer for glucose and lactate with 2 sensors
and barcode

Materials
# Quantity Ref. number Description Comment
89 1 5206-3135 Dummy chip sensor, for use in BIOSEN C_line and S_line

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 8.1-4
BIOSEN C_line
spare parts von: 4

Revision history
Rev. Date by pages Description Approval
1.0.0 30.03.06 Vat/ all Issue of document
Kre
1.1.0 30.06.06 TM all revision
1.2.0 21.06.07 TM all Position 56 – 63 added
1.3.0 17.09.10 TM all revision

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 1
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 2

9. Upgrade Information
9.0. Table of contents
9. Upgrade Information ............................................................................................................................... 1
9.0. Table of contents................................................................................................................................. 1
9.1. Fundamentals, Requirements to perform an firmware upgrade of PIC or HMIC sub device ....... 9.1-1
9.1.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 9.1-1
9.1.2. Required Components Tools ................................................................................................. 9.1-1
9.1.3. Execution of an HMIC and PIC firmware update ................................................................... 9.1-2
9.1.4. Parameterisation / modification of header parameter.......................................................... 9.1-10
9.1.5. Appendix .............................................................................................................................. 9.1-11
***)
9.1.6. Dependencies of parameter table version to firmware version ....................................... 9.1-11
***)
9.1.7. Dependencies of firmware version HMIC to PIC .............................................................. 9.1-11
***)
9.1.8. Hardware dependencies for upgrade a firmware on HMIC and PIC ................................ 9.1-11
9.2. Barcode Upgrade .......................................................................................................................... 9.2-1
9.2.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 9.2-1
9.2.2. Required Components and Tools .......................................................................................... 9.2-1
9.2.3. Barcode upgrade for model type BIOSEN C_line Clinic........................................................ 9.2-2
9.2.4. Barcode upgrade for model type BIOSEN C_line SPORT .................................................... 9.2-8

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 2
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 2

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-1
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1. Fundamentals, Requirements to perform an firmware upgrade of

PIC or HMIC sub device

9.1.1. Introduction
In certain circumstances it is necessary to update the internal firmware of a device. Using special software
tools the internal flash-ROM / EEPROM of microcontrollers is rewriteable.
The following chapters will describe the general procedure to update the internal Firmware on BIOSEN
C_line / S_line devices manufactures by EKF-diagnostic GmbH.
It is necessary to put he target device (microcontroller) in a specific mode to be allowed to upload the new
firmware package.

Note: There are attached conditions either there is a BIOSEN PIC or HMIC sub-device firmware
update. This is because hardware components and firmware versions need to be concerted to each
other’s.

The acronym PIC means „Process Interface Controller“.

The acronym HMIC means „Human Machine Interface Controller“.

9.1.2. Required Components Tools

To process a firmware update of a PIC or HMIC sub-device the following Hardware und Software is
necessary:
• PC OS-System mind. MS WINDOWS 98
• A free serial COM-Port, 9pin or USB to RS232 Adapter and a corresponding USB-Port
• BIOSEN–Service–Software package: BIOSEN_Flash ; M16C_Flash ; BIOSEN_Service ;
BIOSEN_Patch
• Service cable and “Flash box“ (The Flash box depends on the Hardware version of the
PCBA)
• Update package (provided as an zip File)

Note: Each firmware update package contains unique ID-files that allows to overwrite
the actual firmware. That’s a kind of security check.

• Depending on the installed Hardware there is a need to dismantle the device housing.
Please refer to (refer to Chapter 5.1 Disassembly, Assembly)

Folder Structure File Name

FirmwareUpdate_52MM-YY-XXXX FirmwareUpdate_52MM-YY-XXXX.zip
+ \FEEDBACK_FORM
• \Firmware Upgrade-Feedback Form
• \Firmware Upgrade-Feedback Form
+ \HEADER
• \52MM-YY-XXXX-HMIC.hdr
• \52MM-YY-XXXX-PIC.hdr
• \hmic_factory_default-XXX-XXX-XXX.hdr
• \pic_factory_default-XXX-XXX-XXX.hdr
+ \MOT
• \ Biosen_C_Line_ pic_X_YY_Z.mot
• \ Biosen_C_Line_ hmic_X_YY_Z.mot
+ \PAT
• \P_52MM_XXXX_FirmwareUpgrade_52MM-YY-XXXX-HMIC.PAT
• \P_52MM_XXXX_FirmwareUpgrade_52MM-YY-XXXX-HMIC.PAT
+ \TOOLS

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-2
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.3. Execution of an HMIC and PIC firmware update

9.1.3.1. First steps

Work Steps
No. Description
1 First of all please make a backup of both installed HEADER -files. (refer to chapter 3.4 Service–
Software). Both files need to be sent to EKF-diagnostic specifying further data’s.
Based on these header files EKF-diagnostic will provide the corresponding patch –files those are
needed for the parameter commissioning.
2 The info Menu of the BIOSEN C_line / S_line devices (refer to the operators manual) or using the
Service-Software (refer to chapter 3.4 Service–Software) the actual installed firmware– 1;2 and
hardware–version 3;4 will be displayed.

3
1

2 4

Abb. 1 Example of an info screen

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-3
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

3 The following diagram shows the hardware and software dependencies:

PIC PIC- PIC Update is

Header Firmware Hardware possible
Version version using the
EDP-Port of
the device
or
a direct
HMIC HMIC- HMIC connection
Header Firmware Hardware using the
Version version Flash-Box
Header

Please refer to the appendix:

• 9.1.6 Dependencies of parameter table version firmware version
to ***)

• 9.1.7 Dependencies of firmware version HMIC to PIC***)

• 9.1.8 Hardware dependencies for upgrade a firmware on HMIC and PIC***)

These tables will give an overview what kinds of updates are necessary. Furthermore it appears the latest
firmware version that is supported on a specific hardware platform

As already mentioned, EKF will provide an update package. The following data’s are needed to compile
the update package:
• Serial number of the device
• Both header files (HMIC + PIC sub device)
• Data on the installed hardware and software version on HMIC sub-device
• Data on the installed hardware and software version on PIC sub-device

4 Based on the result please continue with the corresponding section:

• 9.1.3.2 Firmware update PIC using device own EDP-port
• 9.1.3.3 Firmware update HMIC using device own EDP-port
• 9.1.3.4 Firmware update of PIC sub device using the flash-box
• 9.1.3.5 Firmware update of HMIC sub device using the flash-box

Note: Starting from firmware–version 2.0.0 of the HMIC sub-device the firmware update for both
sub-devices are possible without disassembling / assembling of the device.
In case an update is necessary for both sub-devices please start with the PIC at first!
5 After a firmware upgrade it is essential to check whether the Info menu of the HMIC shows the correct
data

6 After a firmware upgrade it is essential to check whether all settings are correct and the function of the
device is ensured. (refer to chapter 6 Adjustment Check)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-4
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.3.2. Firmware update PIC using device own EDP-port

Work steps
No. Description
1 Unplug the device from mains-supply. Please connect the device EDP-port with your PC using the 9-pin
service cable.
2 Start the BIOSEN_Flash application. (refer to chapter 3.6 BIOSEN_Flash)
Now select the sub-device need to be processed – select “PIC“.
Connect the device with mains again. You should recognise a sound sequence that acknowledge a
proper connection.
3 The BIOSEN-Flash application should signalize the proper connection by a sound sequence.
Afterwards there is a dialog that instructs to close the BIOSEN_Flash application.
4 Start the M16C_Flash application and proceed with the corresponding work steps in chapter 3.5
M16C_Flash.
5 After the update is successfully finished close the application.
6 Unplug the device from mains supply – wait approx. 3 sec. And apply the mains supply again.
7 Start the application BIOSEN_Service on your PC and „Enter Service mode“.
(refer to chapter 3.4 Service–Software)
8 Select menu „send Command“. And select tab called „Miscellaneous“. Now transmit the following
commands:
1. Copy parameter table to EEPROM
2. Create an save CRC-Code of ROM (wait approx. 2-3 minutes)
Close the “send Command”– window.
9 Verify whether the version of parameter table (prog.) and parameter table (header) is identical or
different?
If both of them are identical – work step no. 11 does NOT need to be executed!
10 Select the menu item „Set Parameter“.
Choose the tab called „Numbers / Flag byte“ Now change the parameter “Serial number” to the right
serial number of the device that is already in process. The structure is like MMMM-YY-XXXX.

Cross check against the nameplate!

Note: This work step is not required if the upgrade package will upgrade the PIC firmware
version ≥ 2.10.0. This firmware version will automatically restore the serial number.
(refer also: SI_094301_TA_BIOSEN_C-S_line_FirmwareUpgrade-PIC_lower_than_2.20.0.pdf)
11 At this time it is necessary to upload the default header file.
To do so, select the menu item „Header“. Now choose the entry „Write header into device – complete“.

There will be a message window “finished successfully”.

CAUTION!: The following file dialog window will ask for the file to upload. Make sure you select
the right .hdr file from the right upgrade package. Cross check the serial number. The file format
is like this „pic_factory_default-XXX-XXX-XXX-Xblock.HDR“.
Even though it is a default header – it is already applied to a unique device!
12 Leave the service mode in the corresponding sequence.
13 Note: Because of the new firmware there a several error messages displayed.

Typical error messages are: 10021. (refer to chapter 4.7 Error list)
Now there are subsequent parameterisations necessary please continue with corresponding work steps
in section 9.1.4 Parameterisation / modification of header parameter

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-5
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.3.3. Firmware update HMIC using device own EDP-port

Work steps
No. Description
1 Unplug the device from mains. Please connect the device EDP-port with your PC using the 9-pin
service cable.
2 Start the BIOSEN_Flash application. (refer to chapter 3.6 BIOSEN_Flash)
Now select the sub-device need to be processed – select “HMIC“.
Connect the device with mains again. You should recognise a sound sequence that acknowledge a
proper connection.
3 Proceed with the corresponding work steps in chapter 3.6 BIOSEN_Flash.
4 After the update is successfully finished close the application.
5 Unplug the device from mains supply – wait approx. 3 sec. And apply the mains supply again.
6 Note: Because of the new firmware there a several error messages displayed.

Typical error messages are: 10021. (refer to chapter 4.7 Error list)
Now there are subsequent parameterisations necessary please continue with corresponding work steps
in section 9.1.4 Parameterisation / modification of header parameter

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-6
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.3.4. Firmware update of PIC sub device using the flash-box

Work steps
No. Description
1 Disassembling the device housing. (refer to chapter 5.1.1 Upper case disassembly)
2 Set switch 1 of the DIP–switch S1 1 to position “ON”.

Abb. 2 4 Position of connector J34 (2) und DIL–Switch (1) on the PIC PCBA

3 Connect the Flash-Box using the service RS232 cable to your PC.
Unplug the connection cable (PIC-HMIC) and connect the plug of the flash-box to socket J34 2 on the
PIC PCBA. (refer to chapter 7.4.2 PIC–Layout diagram )

Note: Do not unplug other connectors than J34!

Caution! Make sure the correct target device is selected at the flash-box (PIC / HMIC).
A wrong switch setting on the flash box can cause further damages on the PIC sub device.
4 Now apply the mains supply to the device and afterwards connect the flash-box with the wall power
supply.

Caution!: Caution on primary side of power unit, risk of electrical shock.

5 Start the M16C_Flash application on your PC an follow the steps described in chapter 3.5 M16C_Flash.

Caution!: Make sure the corresponding .mot file was selected to make sure the upload process
is made to the right target device „cline_pic_X_XX_X.mot“.
6 Once the process is finished close the M16C_Flash application.
7 Set switch 1 of the DIP–switch S1 1 to position “OFF”.
8 Proceed with a reset. To do so, unplug the device from mains supply wait approx. 3 sec and re-plug the
mains supply again.
9 Start the application BIOSEN_Service on your PC and „Enter Service mode“.
(refer to chapter 3.4 Service–Software)
10 Select menu „send Command“. And select tab called „Miscellaneous“. Now transmit the following
commands:
3. Copy parameter table to EEPROM
4. Create an save CRC-Code of ROM (wait approx. 2-3 minutes)
Close the “send Command”– window.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-7
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

11 Verify whether the version of parameter table (prog.) and parameter table (header) is identical or
different?
If both of them are identical – work step no. 12 does NOT need to be executed!
12 Select the menu item „Set Parameter“.
Choose the tab called „Numbers / Flag byte“ Now change the parameter “Serial number” to the right
serial number of the device that is already in process. The structure is like MMMM-YY-XXXX.

Cross check against the nameplate!

Note: This workstep is not nessesary if the upgrade package will upgrade the PIC firmware
version to 2.10.0. This firmware version will automatically restore the serial number.
13 At this time it is necessary to upload the default header file.
To do so, select the menu item „Header“. Now choose the entry „Write header into device – complete“.

There will be a message window “finished successfully”.

CAUTION!: The following file dialog window will ask for the file to upload. Make sure you select
the right .hdr file from the right upgrade package. Cross check the serial number. The file format
is like this „pic_factory_default-XXX-XXX-XXX-Xblock.HDR“.
14 Close the window „Set Parameter“– using the “YES” button.
Leave the Service Mode.
15 Unplug the device from mains supply.
16 Disconnect the plug of the flash-box from the PIC PCBA.
17 Now apply the original cable connection (connection cable HMIC – PIC) to socket J34 2.
In case the HMIC does not need an update either you can proceed with assembling of the device.
(refer to chapter 5.1.1 Upper case disassembly)
18 Now proceed with a reset (unplug and re-plug mains supply again)
19 Because of the firmware upgrade, there are possible error messages displayed. Examples are: 10021,
10012. (refer to chapter 4.7 Error list)

If the work steps above finished successfully, there are subsequent work steps necessary.
Please follow with section 9.1.4 Parameterisation / modification of header parameter.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-8
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.3.5. Firmware update of HMIC sub device using the flash-box

Work steps
No. Description
1 Disassembling the device housing. (refer to chapter 5.1.1 Upper case disassembly)
The HMIC–PCBA is screwed to the upper case.
2 Unplug the plug 2 ST9 that will connect the HMIC and PIC PCBA. Do not disconnect any film flex cable
(touch; LCD data display) at all.
3 Apply the Jumper 1 to the HMIC– PCBA.

2 1

Abb. 3 Jumper- und socket positions on the HMIC–PCBA Rev.B

4 Connect the Flash-Box using the service RS232 cable to your PC.
Connect the plug of the flash-box to socket ST9 2 on the HMIC PCBA.
(refer to chapter 7.4.2 PIC–Layout diagram )

Note: Do not unplug other connectors than ST9!

Caution! Make sure the correct target device is selected at the flash-box (PIC / HMIC).
A wrong switch setting on the flash box can cause further damages on the PIC sub device
5 Now connect the flash-box with the wall power supply.
6 Start the M16C_Flash application on your PC and follow the steps described in
chapter 3.5 M16C_Flash.

Caution!: Make sure the corresponding .mot file was selected to make sure the upload process
is made to the rigt target device „cline_hmic_X_XX_X.mot“.
7 Once the process is finished close the M16C_Flash application.
8 Remove Jumper 1 set before the HMIC-PCBA.
9 Unplug the flash-box plug from socket ST9 2 so finally disconnect the flash-box from HMIC PCBA.
10 Now apply the original cable connection (connection cable HMIC – PIC) to socket ST9 2.
(refer to chapter 5.1 1 Upper case assembly)
11 Now proceed with a reset - apply the mains supply to the device so both sub device will powered by
the original source.
There is a possibility thet several error messages will appear on the display e.g. 10021, 10012.
(refer to 4.7 Error list)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-9
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

12 Please connect the device EDP-port with your PC using the 9-pin service cable.
13 Start the application BIOSEN_Service and click the button „Enter Service mode“.
(refer to chapter 3.4 Service–Software)

Note: By default the HMIC sub device is selected.

14 Select the menu item „send Command“. Choose tab „Miscellaneous“. Transmit the following commands:
1. Copy parameter table to EEPROM
2. Create an save CRC-Code of ROM (wait approx. 2-3 minutes)
Close the “send Command”– window.
15 Verify whether the version of parameter table (prog.) and parameter table (header) is identical or
different?
If both of them are identical – work step no. 16 does NOT need to be executed!
16 Select the menu item „Header“. Choose the entry „Write header into device – complete“.
This action must completed successfully.

CAUTION!: The following file dialog window will ask for the file to upload. Make sure you select
the right .hdr file from the right upgrade package. Cross check the serial number. The file format
is like this „hmic_factory_default-XXX-XXX-XXX.HDR“.
17 Select the menu item „send Command“. Choose tab „Miscellaneous“. Transmit the following command:
1. Take PIC data (wedding)
Close the “send Command”– window.
18 Leave the service mode in the corresponding sequence and exit the application.
19 Proceed with a reset. To do so, unplug the device from mains supply wait approx. 3 sec and re plug the
mains supply again.
20 If the work steps above finished successfully, there are subsequent work steps necessary.
Please follow with section 9.1.4 Parameterisation / modification of header parameter

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-10
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.4. Parameterisation / modification of header parameter

Work steps
No. Description
1 Make sure the 9-pin service cable is still connected to the EDP-port and your PC.
2 Start the application BIOSEN-Patch on your PC.
Make sure the device is in a fault condition to be able to access the microcontroller. If not remove the
system solution bottle to put the device into a fault condition “no system solution”.
(refer to chapter 3.3 BIOSEN_Patch)
3 Choose the corresponding patch file from the update package. (file extention .pat)
The patch file is named „P_52MM_XXXX_FirmwareUpgrade_52MM-YY-XXXX-****.PAT“

Note: Depending on the target device (PIC and/or HMIC) you need to process one and/or two
files!
4 Now click the “Start” button”.

Note: Do not disconnect or cancel teh process if the patch process is still in progress.
5 Close the application after the process is successfully finished.
6 Start the application BIOSEN_Service and click the button „Enter Service mode“.
(refer to chapter 3.4 Service–Software)

Note: By default the HMIC sub device is selected.

7 Select the menu item „send Command“. Choose tab „Miscellaneous“. Transmit the following command:
2. Take PIC data (wedding)
Close the “send Command”– window.
9 Leave the service mode in the correct sequence.
10 Proceed with a reset. To do so, unplug the device from mains supply wait approx. 3 sec and re-plug the
mains supply again..
11 Check whether there are no abnormal error messages.
12 After a firmware upgrade it is essential to check whether all settings are correct and the function of the
device is ensured. (refer to chapter 6 Adjustment Check)

Änderungsverfolgung
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 18.04.07 Gr alle Issue of the document as an English version -
1.1.0 10.09.07 Gr all Apply the new section numbering to fit the chapter 9
-
requirements.
1.2.0 21.10.09 Gr 9.1-1 Section 9.1.2 Required Components Tools -
Review of the work-step sequence for upgrading the PIC
and HMIC firmware considering a parameter table version
upgrade and handling the serial number.
(refer to: SI_094301_TA_BIOSEN_C-S_line_FirmwareUpgrade-PIC_lower_than_2.20.0.pdf)

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-11
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

9.1.5. Appendix

9.1.6. Dependencies of parameter table version to firmware version ***)

HMIC-Version
Parameter table version PIC-Version from PIC-Version to HMIC-Version to
from
1 - - - -
2 1.00.0 1.00.0 1.00.0 1.00.0
3 1.01.0 1.01.0 1.01.0 1.02.0
4 - - 1.03.0 1.06.0
5 1.02.0 1.02.0 2.00.0 2.01.0
6 1.03.0 1.04.0 2.02.0 2.04.0
7 1.05.0 1.05.0 2.05.0 2.06.0
8 - - 2.07.0 2.08.0
9 1.06.0 1.06.0
10 1.07.0 1.09.0
11 2.00.0 2.01.0
12 2.02.0 2.04.0
13 2.05.0 2.10.0
14 2.20.0 > 2.20.0

9.1.7. Dependencies of firmware version HMIC to PIC***)

HMIC-Version
Interface-Version PIC-Version from PIC-Version to HMIC-Version to
from
1 1.00.0 1.01.0 1.00.0 1.01.0
2 1.02.0 1.06.0 1.02.0 1.02.0
3 1.07.0 2.10.0 1.03.0 > 2.06.0
4 2.20.0 > 2.20.0 2.07-0 > 2.07.0

9.1.8. Hardware dependencies for upgrade a firmware on HMIC and PIC***)

Hardware-Version HMIC-Version
PIC-Version from PIC-Version to HMIC-Version to
PCBA from
HMIC V2 - - 1.00.0 1.06.0
HMIC V3 - - 2.00.0 > 2.00.0
PIC V2 1.00.0 > 1.00.0 *) - -
PIC V3 2.00.0 **) > 2.00.0 **) - -
*) additional Information available at EKF-diagnostic
**) additional Information available at EKF-diagnostic
***)
additional Information available at EKF-diagnostic.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.1-12
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Information von: 12

Revision History
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 18.04.07 Gr all Issue of the document as an English version -
1.1.0 10.09.07 Gr all Apply the new section numbering to fit the chapter 9
-
requirements.
1.2.0 12.03.08 Gr 9.1-11 9.1.6 Dependencies of parameter table version to
***)
firmware version
***)
9.1.7 Dependencies of firmware version HMIC to PIC
9.1.8 Hardware dependencies for upgrade a firmware on
***)
HMIC and PIC

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-1
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

9.2. Barcode Upgrade

9.2.1. Introduction

Attention! A barcode upgrade is not possible for model type BIOSEN C_line GP+.

A barcode upgrade for model type BIOSEN C_line GP can be only accomplished at EKF-diagnostic
GmbH, Germany. For doing so it is necessary to send that device to EKF-diagnostic GmbH.

For a barcode upgrade it is necessary to change the internal parameters with a patch-file. The necessary
patch-file must be provided by EKF-diagnostic GmbH and is dispatched by email.
EKF-diagnostic GmbH needs the serial number of the device to build the patch-file.

9.2.2. Required Components and Tools

Required tools
# Number Reference # Description
1 1 0911-0502-0797 Cutter / scalpel
2 1 0913-0103-0405 Silicon glue RTV-734

Required components
# Number Reference # Description
1 1 5212-1326-0144 Set Barcode reader-upgrade Clinic/ Sport

Contains:
• Barcode reader pre-finished
• Barcode window
• Type label
• Label „Attention! Warranty voids on removal! “
• 2 pcs. Oval-head screw M2, 5x12
• 2 pcs. Lock washer DIN 128 2,6A
• 2 pcs. Washer DIN 433 2,7

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-2
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

9.2.3. Barcode upgrade for model type BIOSEN C_line Clinic

Work steps
No. Description
1 Check, whether the upper case has a milled recess 1, according Fig. 1. For this remove the tray.

1 1

Fig. 1 upper case with milled recess Fig. 2 upper case without milled recess

Attention! It is necessary for a barcode upgrade that the upper case has a milled recess. If
the upper case is without a milled recess you must change it additionally.
2 Disassemble upper case until work step 15 in chapter 5.1 (see disassembly/ assembly disassembly
upper case)
3 Remove silicone glue at guide way 2, Fig. 3 via scalpel. Remove the placeholder insert.

Fig. 3 Cut in silicon glue Fig. 4 bar code window insert

Advice: Remove completely the silicon glue!

4 To make sure the new barcode window Fig. 4 in completely unsoiled, clean the barcode window
from both sides with a dry and lint free cloth.

Advice: Check if the barcode window insert correctly fits into the upper case cut out.
5 Push bar code window into guide way 2, Fig. 3, until the stop. Fix upper end with silicon glue at
upper case.

Advice: Pay attention to drying up time for the silicon glue (see package insert)!

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-3
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

6 Attach barcode reader to related inside level boreholes by screws 3 and 4, see Fig. 5, as well as
washer spring and washer.

6
5

Fig. 5 assembled barcode reader Fig. 6 Barcode reader

7 Move bar code reader-ribbon cable into connector 5 (J33) until the stop Fig. 5. Tined contact ends
have to point to the IC next to J33. Use angle-formed tweezers. Clean sticky area 6 with ethanol.
Remove the foil from the tape. Strongly press ribbon cable against mains adapter for approx. 10
sec.

Attention! The ribbon cable must be fastened at least 5mm underneath the upper edge of
the power supply. Otherwise it could lead to damages of the ribbon cable during the
assembling of the upper case
8 Assemble the tray driver and put on the tray
9 Connect the device with the mains.

Note: Make sure the HMIC sub device is still connected to the PIC sub device to make sure
the device will start-up without any trouble.
10 Set the device in a failure status (failure dialogue should be displayed) e.g. take out bottle with
system solution
11 To connect the PC with the device use the service cable
• at PC: jack COM-1..4
• at device: EDV-jack

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-4
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

12 Start software „BIOSEN_Patch.exe“.

4 3

Fig. 7 Patch-software after starting

(1) Button to end the program

(2) Selection of the used serial interface
(3) Button to open the preferred patch-files
(4) File name of the opened patch-file
(5) Description of the changes needed to be done
(6) Status information regarding working steps sequence
(7) Button to start the regular patch process
13 Selection of interfaces used while connecting by service cable (COM-1..4) 2

Advise: The program BIOSEN_Patch does automatically seek for the first currently not used
serial interface, due to the fact that another program could use a serial interface as well. In
case no serial interface is available, the other program has to be ended temporarily.

Attention! In case an USB -RS232-adaptor is used, the interface assignment of COM 1..4 by
the operating system has possibly to be done again (start / System control / system / device
manager / connections (COM and LPT) / connection parameters / extended / COM-
connection number)
14 The necessary Patch file must be provided by EKF-diagnostic GmbH and is dispatched by email.

Advice: EKF-diagnostic GmbH needs the serial number and the actual header (PIC sub-
device) of the device to build the patch-file.
15 Save the Patch-File in a desired folder on your PC.

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-5
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

16 Loading the selected patch-files from the desired Folder by pressing the button „Open“ 3 see Fig. 7
and select the corresponding file see Fig. 8.

Fig. 8 Selection of the patch-file

17 Start the patch process by pressing the „start“ button 7 see Fig. 7
18 After successful carry out of the patching-process a corresponding advise will be displayed in the
status field 8

Fig. 9 Patch-software after successful conclusion

19 Separate device from power supply.

20 Connect the device with the mains again.

Advice: If you plug in the main cable, a red line must to be seen at the barcode reader for a
short-time.
21 Now the display shows the error „Code 10021 PIC is unknown“
22 Start Software „BIOSEN_Service.exe“

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-6
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

23 Selection of used interface (COM-1..4) during connection with service cable

Advice: The program BIOSEN_Service tries to use set-up serial interface during start. A
conflict could be possible, because another program is also using this serial interface. If no
other serial interface is available the other program has to be finished.

Attention! If a USB-RS232-adapter is used the classification of the interface must be

renewed at COM-1..4 via system software. (Start / System Control / System / Device Manager
/ Connections (COM und LPT) / Adjustments of Connection / Expanded / COM-Connection
Number)
24 Selection of different registers (see Tools/Service-Software/adjustments)
25 See Fig. 10, press Button 1 for connection. After successful connection the information for
identification of the device 2 will be displayed.

1 3

Fig. 10 Program after start

26 Press button 4, the menu entry "Commands / Send Commands " could be used alternatively.

Fig. 11 Open the dialog for sending commands

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-7
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

27 The commands are combined to groups. The selection of the group is carried out via tab. Open Tab
„Miscellaneous“ 5.

6
7

Fig. 12 Dialog to send commands

28 According Fig. 12, select command 6 „Take PIC ID data (wedding)“. Press Button 7.
29 Press Button 8 to leave the service mode.

Fig. 13 leave the service mode

30 Separate device from power supply.

31 Equip all channels on the sensor holder with chip sensors.
32 Connect the device to the mains
33 The display shows error „ Code 1161 No System solution“
34 Refer to chapter 6 section 6.3.1 “Initializing and Parametering” and section 6.3.2 Adjusting (see
Service manual Adjustment/Check/ barcode reader adjusting)
35 Check the ribbon cable of the barcode reader for tightness.
36 Disassembly the tray driver
37 Assemble the upper case (see disassembly/assembly upper case).
38 Glue type label and warranty label on the bottom plate.
39 Connect the device to the mains
40 Wait until the device is in state “Ready to measure”
41 Select “barcode” in the device menu

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Service-Manual Seite: 9.2-8
BIOSEN C_line
Upgrade_Informations von: 8

42 Choose menu item “Barcode Settings“. Select Settings and confirm with „OK“.

Advice: Here, the barcode must be activated and the barcode length must be adjusted. Set
the length according to your specification. If the length is unknown setting of “00” will read
any length up to 12 digits. (Setting of “00” is not recommended!)
43 Choose menu item „Barcode Test“.
Put in micro test tubes with bar code label at several positions. With the key „Continue “the
equipped positions are successively started. In the display you can see the indicated barcode.
44 Leave the menu
45 Connect a printer if available.
46 Start a measurement from a micro test tube with barcode label. If all work steps ands settings are
well done the corresponding barcode information is displayed in the memory screen and printed in
case of a connected device.

Fig. 14 Barcode information is displayed Fig. 15 print out with Barcode

9.2.4. Barcode upgrade for model type BIOSEN C_line SPORT

Work steps
No. Description
1 see Barcode upgrade for model type BIOSEN C_line Clinic

Revision History
Rev. Date by Pages Description Approval
1.0.0 18.09.07 TM all Issue of the document -

© EKF-diagnostic
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording or otherwise, without prior permission, from the publisher.
For permission contact EKF-diagnostic GmbH, Ebendorfer Chaussee 3, D-39179 Barleben
 Put the device into Counter Presetting Tray No.
Menu
stand - by Sample No.
Sample Positions
yes no
Stand - By
Extra Positions
Counter Presetting
Control - 1
Device Settings
Control - 2
Warning Limits
STAT
Date / Time
Warning Limits Device Settings
Printer Type
Samples Calibration Mode
EDP EDP
Control - 1 Sensor Selection
Region Protocol-Type
Control - 2 Unit
Barcode Interface Parameter
Range Violation Sample Type
Info Sensor Maintenance Preamble / Postamble
Sensor - 1 Sensor - 2 Menu Type Device ID
Typ Glucose Lactate
Options Method No.
Active yes yes
Calibration 502 374 Contact Maintenance Region Request Mode
Age 5 2
Cleaning / Desinfection Language Send test telegramm
Info Counter Emptying System Format
Running No.
Contact
Tray 1
C1 1 - Web -
C2 1 www.ekf- Options
Samples 1 diagnostic.com History of calibration values
Contrast / Tone
STATs 1 Error History
- Distributor - Histories
Info Statistic
0049 39203 785 0 Device Control
Today Total Barcode - Test
Tray 0 200 - Service - Reset to factory settings
C1 0 18 0049 39203 785 14
C2 0 8
Samples 0 526
STATs 0 49

Info Device

BIOSEN C_Line Clinic

Model 5214-0121-0020
Ser. - No. 5214-04-0001
HMIC 1.02.0 / 400-002-018
PIC 1.02.0 / 400-002-015
002-001